Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Asset Management / Walker Crips Group / FY2024 Annual Report

Walker Crips Group
Annual Report 2024

WCW · LSE Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker WCW
Exchange LSE
Sector Financial Services
Industry Asset Management
Employees 201-500
← All annual reports
FY2024 Annual Report · Walker Crips Group
Loading PDF…
Making  
investment  
rewarding
for our clients, our shareholders and our staff
Annual Report and Accounts 2024

 
 Annual Report and Accounts 2024 – Walker Crips Group plc 
Founded on the principles of integrity, courtesy, 
fairness and loyalty, Walker Crips traces its origins 
to 1914, when our predecessors first began trading 
on the London Stock Exchange. As one of the City 
of London’s oldest independent companies, we are 
proud of our long heritage. Over a century later, 
our commitment remains steadfast: to serve our 
clients and deliver good customer outcomes.
Our team is composed of professionals who are committed to delivering exceptional service  
to our clients, helping them grow and manage their investments to reach their life goals.
We are dedicated to advancing our technological capabilities, enhancing efficiency  
and delivering value to all our stakeholders.
Our subsidiaries
Walker Crips Group operates five  
specialised subsidiaries, each committed  
to delivering exceptional financial services  
and technology solutions.
Walker Crips 
Investment 
Management 
Limited (“WCIM”)
Walker Crips  
Financial Planning 
Limited (“WCFP”)
EBOR Trustees  
Limited (“EBOR”)
Barker Poland  
Asset Management 
LLP (“BPAM”)
EnOC Technologies 
Limited (“EnOC”)

 	
Strategic report
	
 Corporate governance
	
 Financial statements
S
G
F
At a glance	
01
Financial highlights 	
02
Key performance indicators 	
03
Chairman’s statement	
04
CEO’s statement	
06
Our business model and strategy	
08
Our people and culture	
10
Market analysis	
14
Finance Director’s review	
16
Supporting our community	
20
Principal risks and uncertainties	
22
Section 172(1) Statement 	
28
Environmental strategy (including TCFD)	
30
 
Board of Directors	
34
Chairman’s introduction to  
corporate governance report 	
36
Report by the Directors –  
on corporate governance matters	
37
Audit Committee report	
43
Remuneration report	
47
Directors’ report	
60
Statement of Directors’ responsibilities	
63
 
Independent auditor’s report to the  
members of Walker Crips Group plc	
64
Consolidated income statement	
69
Consolidated statement of  
comprehensive income	
70
Consolidated statement of financial position	 71
Consolidated statement of cash flows	
72
Consolidated statement of changes in equity	 73
Notes to the accounts	
74
Company balance sheet	
101
Company statement of changes in equity	
102
Notes to the Company accounts	
103
Officers and professional advisers	
109
Offices in the UK
10
	
 London 
(head office)
	
 Birmingham
	
 Bristol
	
 Epping
	
 Inverness
Clients across the UK
27,786
	
 Newbury
	
 Norwich
	
 Solent
	
 Truro
	
 York
Walker Crips Group plc – Annual Report and Accounts 2024 
01
This report forms part of our wider communications suite. But as part of our commitment to being 
a sustainable business operating in the right manner, we want to reduce our carbon footprint on the 
world. With that in mind, we would like you to consider opting for digital copy in the future. We will be 
empowering our online experience and ensuring that you get the same Walker Crips experience of our 
Annual Reports online.
Walker Crips Group offers 
investment management 
and financial planning 
services, pensions 
administration and cloud-
based technology solutions.
In an ever-changing and complex 
investment landscape, we 
empower our clients by leveraging 
our expertise and cutting-edge 
technology. Our commitment is 
to deliver exceptional care and 
safeguard our clients’ interests, 
ensuring they receive unparalleled 
support at every step of their 
journey with us.
01
34
64
At a glance

02 
Strategic report 
 Annual Report and Accounts 2024 – Walker Crips Group plc 
Financial highlights
* 	 Exceptional items are disclosed in note 9 to the accounts and a full reconciliation to IFRS results is presented in the Finance Director’s review.
** 	Adjusted EBITDA represents earnings before interest, taxation, depreciation and amortisation, and exceptional items. The Directors present this result as it is a metric widely 
used by stakeholders when considering an entity’s financial performance. A full reconciliation to IFRS results is provided in the Finance Director’s review.
*** Underlying cash generated from operations represents the cash generated from operations adjusted for lease liability payments under IFRS 16, non-cyclical working capital 
movements and operational exceptional items. The Directors consider that this metric helps readers understand the cash-generating performance of the Group. A full 
reconciliation to the IFRS results is provided in the Finance Director’s review.
Total revenues broadly flat at £31.57 million 
(2023: £31.61 million).
Operating profit declined by 89.9% to £63,000 
(2023: £625,000).
Profit before tax declined by 38.8% to £387,000 
(2023: £632,000).
Adjusting for exceptional items, the Group is 
reporting an operating loss of £162,000 (2023: 
operating profit of £1,179,000) and a profit before 
tax of £162,000 (2023: £1,186,000)*.
Adjusted EBITDA of £1.77 million (2023:  
£3.25 million), a decline of 45.4%**.
Underlying cash generated in the year £2.30 million 
(2023: £3.36 million), reducing by 31.6%***.
Cash and cash equivalents of £13.86 million 
(2023: £13.14 million).
Assets Under Management (“AUM”) decreased by 
13.5% to £2.7 billion (2023: £3.1 billion).
Proposed final dividend of 0.25 pence per share 
(2023: 0.25 pence per share), bringing the total 
dividends for the year to 0.50 pence per share 
(2023: 0.50 pence per share).
Total revenues
Operating profit
Profit before tax
Adjusted profit
Adjusted EBITDA
Underlying cash generated
Cash and cash equivalents
Assets Under Management
Proposed final dividend

Walker Crips Group plc – Annual Report and Accounts 2024 
03
Key performance indicators (“KPIs”)
Performance in 2024 is set out below with data from preceding years. Year-on-year data is presented  
on a consistent basis providing measurable indicators. The Board monitors these KPIs regularly.
Total dividends paid and proposed 
for the current year (pence per share)
0.50p
2024	
 
2023	
2022	
Commentary
Dividend kept to same level despite the decline 
in profitability.
0.50p
1.50p
Transaction volume
108,570
2024	
2023
2022	
124,421
Commentary
External market pressures continue to impact 
trading volumes. 
112,243
108,570
Operating profit
£63,000
2023	
2022
Commentary
Operating profits declined to £63,000 with 
Group’s revenue generation impacted by market 
conditions and costs increasing with inflation. 
The continued investment to strengthen our 
regulatory and compliance functions also played 
a part in increasing our cost base. 
625
208*
63
£0.44m
Operating (loss)/profit before 
exceptional items
(£162,000)
2023	
2022	
Commentary
In combination, static income and higher cost 
base resulted in diluting our operating profits.
1,179
(162)
Revenue
£31.57m
2024	
31.57
2023	
31.61
2022	
32.80
Commentary
Total revenue decreased by 0.1% to  
£31.57 million (2023: £31.61 million).  
The decrease was partly driven by a number of 
self-employed investment managers departing 
the Group at the start of the year, and partly 
driven by high interest rates, high inflation and 
uncertain political conditions.
Breakdown of AUMA
£4.9bn
Commentary
The Group’s Assets Under Management and Administration (“AUMA”) as at 31 March 2024 was 2.9% 
down on prior year, reflecting partly the loss of self employed Investment managers and their client 
base and partly the stagnant market conditions. 
Type of asset
2024 
£’bn
2023 
£’bn
2022
£’bn
Administration
2.173
1.892
1.895
Advisory
1.156
1.410
1.632
Discretionary
1.539
1.710
1.930
Total
£4.9
£5.0
£5.5
1,860
* 	 Restated. 
2024
2024	 (162)
0.50p

Our year to 31 March 2024 has been 
a difficult one. We had a significant 
year-on-year cost increase, caused 
in part by high inflation, our 
compliance transformation project 
and by recruiting, and maintaining 
in real terms the salaries paid to 
staff within our organisation. Staff 
are our key asset and so it is right 
we pay market rates to ensure we 
retain top calibre employees. In 
our compliance transformation 
programme, we have learned from 
past events and are fully committed 
to ensuring our compliance and 
risk management follows best 
practice. This comes with a cost, 
both in financial terms and 
senior management time, but we 
remain committed to ensuring our 
customers are fully protected and 
that we deliver good outcomes for 
them. In addition, achieving best 
practice has meant losing several 
investment managers and their 
related clients. Although we have 
suffered financially, we believe that 
this was the right outcome, aligning 
with the values we uphold.
Looking forward, we are making 
important investments for growth. 
We have recruited new financial 
planners and have now met our 
targeted staffing levels. We are 
committed to offering more choice 
for clients and have hired new 
business development managers. 
We have also launched a new 
structured deposit product.
We are developing a full strategic 
integrated plan closely linked with 
our compliance transformation 
project and we look forward to 
announcing details of this in the 
coming months.
Our financial year to 31 March 2024 has 
been a year of continuing challenges. A large 
part of the year was overshadowed by global 
conflicts, political uncertainty, high inflation and 
high interest rates. These external influences 
coupled with the costs incurred to strengthen 
our compliance and risk framework significantly 
affected our results. Inevitably, inflation 
increased our cost base. In addition, to bring our 
remuneration levels in line with the market and to 
negate the impact of the cost-of-living crisis on our 
staff, we approved what overall was a substantial 
increase in staff remuneration. Further, rising 
interest rates impacted our market driven fee and 
commission income, although this was offset by 
retaining a share of interest income earned on our 
own reserves and customer trading cash balances. 
In terms of our results, the Group, for the 12-month 
period to 31 March 2024, is reporting an operating 
profit of £63,000 (2023: £625,000) and profit 
before tax of £387,000 (2023: £632,000). Excluding 
exceptional items, the Group is reporting an 
operating loss of £162,000 (2023: operating profit 
of £1,179,000) and profit before tax of £162,000 
(2023: £1,186,000). A more detailed explanation of 
our results is set out in the Finance Director’s review. 
I have already referenced our compliance and 
risk framework. Since I took over as Chairman 
of the Group, I have been making reference to 
investments that we have been making in this 
respect, originally specifically on our financial 
crime framework and, in my statement in our 
annual report to March 2023 and our interim 
statement, I noted more generally our strategic 
initiative to improve our regulatory and compliance 
framework. This work is still continuing and still 
requiring considerable investment. During the year, 
in addition to implementation and embedding 
changes to reflect the Consumer Duty regime, 
management has been working with external 
consultants on a number of high priority projects 
extending from client assets management 
specifically, to compliance and risk management 
generally with the objective of ensuring that our 
operational and regulatory control environment 
is fit for purpose and up to date with market best 
practice.
We are committed to deliver  
good customer outcomes
04 
Strategic report 
 Annual Report and Accounts 2024 – Walker Crips Group plc 
Chairman’s statement

Last year I noted that we needed to strengthen 
our senior management team to address some 
self-identified weaknesses. Previously, we had 
been minded to recruit once the business was 
performing better. We have concluded that this is a 
false economy, unreasonably stretching our senior 
management and holding back the business. I am 
therefore pleased to report that we have recently 
recruited a senior Chief Risk and Compliance 
Officer, Christian Dougal, to work alongside the 
CEO and CFO. We believe that his experience and 
expertise, having worked for nearly thirty years in 
risk and compliance, will enable the Group finally 
to move to a robust comprehensive and integrated 
platform, and to reduce substantially the reliance 
on external consultants.
Turning to the business operations, the Board fully 
recognises that the Group must grow to return, 
at the least, to an acceptable level of profitability. 
Establishing a robust operational, compliance 
and risk framework is, of course, an essential 
prerequisite. Equally we still need to grow the senior 
executive team, and have further plans so to do. 
Our business development team has been working 
hard in promoting our products and services to 
the IFA community and new customer groups 
and we are expecting their good work to translate 
to new customers and ultimately new revenues. 
The Board is developing plans to generate new 
income by way of broadening and improving 
our offering in a way that will enable us to serve 
the requirements of existing clients better and 
more comprehensively as well as attracting new 
customers and new assets under management. 
This initiative will go beyond the business-as-
usual efforts of our investment managers and 
beyond the significant gains from our business 
development initiative. This is likely to involve much 
greater cooperation between different divisions 
within the Group. 
On a positive note, our York Division, which has 
been on a recruitment drive, has now recruited 
their target number of financial advisers. This 
plan envisages that the anticipated new revenues 
should now be coming on stream and the division 
is expected to move to profitability in the coming 
year. This will pave the way for the division to 
become self-sufficient at its current levels and 
to pay back the investment made by the Group. 
I would like to thank the management team of 
the York Division and wish them continued good 
fortune in the coming months.
Our Structured Products division, whilst it had a 
difficult year with the industry shifting towards 
deposits, launched a new structured deposit 
initiative last year, allowing us to expand to a new 
customer cohort. We are expecting the team to 
generate new income from this initiative in the 
coming year. 
Finally, the underpayment of Stamp Duty Reserve 
Tax that I referenced in my 2023 statement 
has been resolved, following an extensive 
internal investigation and our tax advisers are in 
communication with the HMRC to agree the final 
settlement. The extent of underpayment was 
lower than we initially estimated last year and the 
excess, net of professional fees, has been written 
back to exceptional items in the current year. I 
am pleased to report that an HMRC case officer 
has been appointed and we hope to conclude this 
matter in the coming months.
In addition to our regulatory framework, the FCA’s 
Consumer Duty regulations were high on the list of 
priorities during the year. A detailed review of our 
products and services and how they are matched 
to clients and their needs was carried out during 
the year. Further details on how we implemented 
the Duty are contained in the CEO’s statement. 
Dividend
We aim to reward our shareholders for their 
continued patience and support. Given the current 
economic environment and reported results, the 
Board will recommend for shareholders’ approval  
at the forthcoming AGM a final dividend of  
0.25 pence per share (2023: 0.25 pence) payable on 
4 October 2024 to those shareholders on the register 
at the close of business on 20 September 2024, with 
an ex-dividend date of 19 September 2024.
Directors, Account Executives  
and staff
I would like to thank my fellow Directors, our 
investment managers and advisers and all 
members of staff for their efforts, resilience and 
continued commitment to the Group. We have had 
a difficult couple of years, with more work to do 
this year, but the path to a more robust operating 
model and business plan is now much clearer.
As announced, our Senior Independent Director, 
Clive Bouch, resigned and relinquished his role 
on 27 June 2024. Clive and I had discussed his 
wish to step down and we are grateful to him for 
deferring the step by several months. On behalf of 
the Board, I wish to thank Clive for his considerable 
contribution to the Group over the last seven 
years and I wish him all the best with his future 
endeavours.
Clive’s resignation leaves the governance of 
the Group short of what is required by the UK 
Corporate Governance Code. The Board is 
addressing this and, as part of the plans to which 
I refer, we are in discussions to appoint two new 
Independent Non-executive Directors. As soon as 
we are able, we will provide further updates.
Outlook
As you are aware from my previous 
communications, we have been working to 
improve our financial crime framework and I 
am pleased to report that we have successfully 
completed this work and changes are now 
embedded to our day-to-day operations. In 
addition to this, overseen directly by me, with 
support from independent external advisers 
and led now by our Chief Risk and Compliance 
Officer, we are carrying out an extensive review 
of other areas across our Compliance, Risk, 
Suitability, Monitoring functions and adoption of 
Consumer Duty regulation to establish a target 
future state for risk and compliance. This will 
be linked to additional business planning and 
change management resource we are currently 
putting in place that will enable us to develop a 
comprehensive and integrated plan for the entire 
Group. We expect to complete the majority of this 
work in the financial year 2025.
I anticipate that this programme we have set out 
to achieve, whilst wholly necessary, will require 
considerable management time and resource in 
the coming year.
There is little doubt that we have short-term 
challenges we need to overcome, and we are 
committed to this course. We will have another 
year of high costs and pressure on management to 
deliver a fit for purpose operational and regulatory 
framework. Despite these short-term challenges, 
which I see as an investment, for the reasons 
described, I remain optimistic about the longer-
term future of our Group.
Martin Wright
Chairman
31 July 2024
Walker Crips Group plc – Annual Report and Accounts 2024 
05

06 
Strategic report 
 Annual Report and Accounts 2024 – Walker Crips Group plc 
CEO’s statement
Innovating, Digitising and Focusing 
on Customer Outcomes
I am grateful to be working alongside investment 
managers, financial planners, advisers, and staff, 
who diligently serve our customers and who 
value good customer outcomes. We have been 
grappling with significant regulatory changes and 
challenges, improving operational efficiencies 
while, at the same time, serving our existing 
customers, and trying to onboard new ones.
This has been a mixed year for us. We have put 
a great deal of effort into the rolling out of the 
Consumer Duty (The Duty) regulations, in a 
manner that I consider has been to the benefit of 
our customers and the organisation as a whole. 
The market for our structured products diminished 
slightly during this financial year, but the team was 
innovative and launched an additional structured 
deposit model which is already generating 
considerable interest. 
Our financial planning division showed an 
increased loss, but this was a consequence of our 
strategy to rebuild the team, and there tends to be 
a time lag between recruitment and new revenue 
coming ‘on stream’.
As mentioned in the Chairman’s statement, we 
have struggled with bandwidth at the senior 
management level. To address this, we have made 
a number of senior hires, including a new Chief 
Risk and Compliance Officer. We will continue 
to review our resource requirements and adjust 
accordingly. We have also hired for the front office 
new business development individuals, investment 
managers and financial planners to service our 
existing customers, and to grow new revenues.  
We also believe in the training of young people and 
our Graduate Trainee and Internship programmes 
have enabled us to bring new individuals into the 
industry who could well become the new leaders of 
the firm in the future. More details on our regulated 
subsidiaries are mentioned below.
Our Financial Highlights show that our financial 
performance has not met our initial projections 
or expectations. Operating profit declined 
by 89.9% to £63,000 (2023: £625,000) and, 
adjusting for exceptional items, we are reporting 
an operating loss of £162,000 (2023: operating 
profit of £1,179,000). With the additional senior 
risk and compliance hires and the new front office 
personnel, we believe that we have in place a 
plan that will put the business on to a better risk 
and compliance footing and on to a platform for 
growth.
We continue to invest in greater digitisation to 
improve customer facing services such as the 
provision of better systems to our investment 
managers, associates, financial planners and 
IFAs who work with the Group, updating our 
Client Portal, substantially enhancing our mobile 
apps, improving the documentation provided to 
customers, revised and standardised our tariff 
of fees and commission and simplifying our 
supplementary tariff.
Consumer Duty
Throughout the past year, we have focused on the 
implementation of the Consumer Duty (The Duty) 
regulations which serves to set higher and clearer 
standards of consumer protection across financial 
services, and require firms to put customers’ needs 
first. The Duty effectively codifies our fundamental 
principle of taking all reasonable steps to avoid 
causing foreseeable harm to customers, enabling 
them to pursue their financial objectives, and 
always act in good faith towards them.
We have reviewed all the services that we provide 
to our customers, clarified the target market of our 
services, we benchmarked our services to our peers 
to ensure that we are competitive, we clarified the 
benefits that our customers are receiving from 
the services that we provide, we reviewed the 
cost to the business in providing those services, 
we also reviewed our fees and commissions 
and simplified our supplementary tariff and we 
conducted a value assessment to ensure our 
customers are receiving what they are paying for. 
We are particularly mindful of those who may be 
vulnerable and take extra care in supporting them 
and delivering the level of service and outcomes 
that match their needs.
Our review has included the Group’s approach to 
the treatment of cash held by our own or external 
custodians on customers’ behalf, with the objective 
of ensuring consistency and fairness in relation to 
the income derived and the cost of managing and 
protecting customers’ assets under our control.
Our delivery strategy has been, for a number of 
years, to “simplify and digitise”, and The Duty has 
helped push this development further and faster. 
This has included the simplification of tariffs, the 
improvement of communication with customers, 
moving from static customer feedback to regular 
and continuous based on activity and there is 
even a smiley-face quick-feedback feature, where 
appropriate. We have ensured that our documents 
Delivering sustainable growth, creating 
value for our stakeholders, and making  
a positive impact on society.

Walker Crips Group plc – Annual Report and Accounts 2024 
07
are clearly written and understood and that our 
website is written in ‘plain language’, as was 
certified by the Plain Language Commission. 
The Duty has caused a positive mindset change 
within the Group and has permeated through 
the organisation, and it is not just top down, but 
exhibited by all staff. 
However, our approach in the implementation of 
The Duty, the development of new and revised 
policies and procedures, the streamlining of our 
tariff, the further simplification of our business, 
was not wholly acceptable by a number of our self-
employed investment management associates 
who decided to leave us. It is always disappointing 
to see colleagues whom we’ve known for a long 
time leave the Group; nevertheless, we do wish 
them well. 
Divisional performance
Our regulated entities have only a moderate 
amount of cross-over but over the coming year,  
the Group executive and our divisional heads  
will be making greater efforts to have individuals 
from across divisions collaborating in order to 
increase the provision of a consolidated approach 
to engagement with our customers, all the while 
ensuring that we are providing good outcomes  
to them.
Our Investment Management division has 
invested in the building blocks for growth. We have 
hired specialist business development individuals 
with a clear mandate to attract new investment 
portfolios into the business by promoting our 
products and services to the IFA community and 
new customer groups such as sportspersons and 
future investors, through our #WalkerCripsInSports 
and #WalkerCripsInSchools initiatives. Our team 
has reviewed our product offering, removed 
complications, and simplified/streamlined our 
model portfolio service. We have also relaunched 
our AIM inheritance tax portfolio service and 
created a new Gilt portfolio service. 
Our Structured Investments division launched a 
new structured deposit initiative which will allow us 
to expand into a new group of customers and we 
have already seen encouraging investment inflows. 
Our Financial Planning division continues to grow 
with highly experienced financial planners (FPs) 
joining us. In 2021, we were left with two full-time 
FPs and we embarked on a rebuilding programme 
and now, in 2024, we have 12 qualified FPs serving 
our customers. Most of the customers of these new 
FPs ‘followed’ them and opened accounts with 
Walker Crips. Over that period, our AUA within our 
Financial Planning division grew from £141m to 
£415m (June 2024).
Barker Poland Asset Management (BPAM) 
continues to focus on financial planning and 
discretionary investment management for UK 
based individuals, providing advice on strategy, tax 
wrappers and associated tax, retirement, cash flow 
management, insurance and estate planning. On 
investments, BPAM runs a range of risk adjusted 
models containing active and passive funds. It is 
aiming for a profit of circa £450k from c.£2.4m 
turnover for the next financial year while keeping 
focus on reducing costs of funds, and keeping its 
back office as streamlined as possible. BPAM is 
also recruiting trainees/juniors with the intention 
of developing them into advisers over time. It has 
always placed great emphasis on personal contact, 
which is one way it seeks to differentiate itself in a 
highly competitive market space. 
Ebor Trustees (Ebor) has been driving to keep its 
pricing competitive and increasing the adoption 
of digitised solutions. The division is also preparing 
its marketing campaign which will take place 
between October and March 2025, and with 
a more targeted campaign for Accountants, 
promoting the benefits of pension platforms and 
how they may fit into the overall financial plan for 
customers.
For more information about the financial 
performance of the Divisions, please refer to the 
Finance Director’s Review.
Corporate responsibility
I wish to reiterate my message from the last few 
years, that we can all do our part in reducing our 
carbon footprint:
	
 REFUSE – Avoid buying harmful, wasteful or 
non-recyclable products
	
 REDUCE – Reduce the use of harmful, 
wasteful, and non-recyclable products 
	
 REUSE – Get rid of the “buy and throw-
away” mindset, reuse what you have 
	
 REPAIR – Try to repair before tossing them 
out
	
 REPURPOSE – Upcycle, break down and 
reconstitute as something else
	
 ROT – Compost if you can
	
 RECYCLE – Make recycling your last step, 
after going through all the R’s above 
We are committed to sustainability and 
environmental responsibility because we recognise 
the urgent need to address climate change and 
mitigate our environmental impact. We also 
believe that our commitment to sustainable 
practices will also present us with opportunities for 
innovation and cost efficiencies. 
Mental health charity
As a Group, we continue to support 
twiningenterprise.org.uk, the mental health 
charity. In addition to financial support, we also 
try to use our technology for good, through 
technology philanthropy. If you wish to find out 
more, or want to support Twining financially, 
please visit walkercrips.co.uk/community. 
Conclusion
I wish to echo our Chairman’s thanks to our Audit 
Committee Chairman and Director, Clive Bouch, 
who stepped down on 27 June 2024. Clive’s 
attention to detail and thoroughness has been 
invaluable to the Group. We wish him well.
We shall continue to make investment rewarding 
for our customers, our shareholders and our staff, 
and to give our customers a fair deal. We continue 
to support our investment advisers and our staff 
by being a technology-driven financial services 
company. We have had significant challenges, 
as mentioned in the Chairman’s statement and 
above, but we are optimistic about the future, 
with the right strategies, personnel, and the right 
mindset to overcome the challenges and create 
opportunities. We remain committed to delivering 
sustainable growth, creating value for our 
stakeholders, and making a positive impact  
on society.
Sean Lam
Chief Executive Officer
31 July 2024

Investment 
management
Financial  
planning
Pensions 
administration
Collectives  
model portfolio
Structured 
investments
Our core  
business
Our mission 
Our mission is to 
make investment 
rewarding for our 
customers, our 
shareholders and 
our staff and give 
our customers a fair 
deal. We support our 
investment advisers 
and our staff by being 
a technology-driven 
financial services 
company.
Our financial services offering  
is delivered through three 
distinct divisions within 
the Group: Investment 
Management, Financial 
Planning and Pensions 
Administration.
Our business model
Greater Inter-Divisional 
Collaboration
Our regulated entities have only a moderate 
amount of cross-over but over the coming year, 
the Group executive and our divisional heads will 
be making greater efforts to have individuals 
from across divisions collaborating in order 
to increase the provision of a consolidated 
approach to engagement with our customers, 
all the while ensuring that we are providing good 
outcomes to them. And through this consolidated 
approach, we will look for ways to extend the 
number of appropriate products required by our 
customers across the Group. 
08 
Strategic report 
 Annual Report and Accounts 2024 – Walker Crips Group plc 
Our business model and strategy

Integrity
Courtesy
Fairness
Loyalty
Our values
We serve our clients with the  
following values
Investment Management
Investment Management is delivered through 
three sub-divisions namely, Investment 
Management Services, Structured 
Investments and Share Dealing. 
In the previous Annual Report, we stated that 
we will “refocus on our core service offering”. 
We have therefore invested in the building 
blocks for growth and hired specialist business 
development individuals with a clear mandate 
to attract new investment portfolios into the 
business by promoting our products and services 
to the IFA community and new customer 
groups such as sportspersons and future 
investors, through our #WalkerCripsInSports and 
#WalkerCripsInSchools initiatives. 
We have refocused by reviewing our product 
offering, removed complications by curtailing 
some of the higher risk investment services 
as well as services that are no longer 
commercially viable due to the significant 
increase in the cost of regulation to remain 
compliant, and the increase in the cost of 
administration, operations, staffing, systems 
and the requirement of capital. We simplified 
and streamlined our model portfolio service, 
relaunched our AIM inheritance tax portfolio 
service and created a new Gilt portfolio service.
The inflationary pressures and cost of doing 
business has been significant, we have carefully 
reviewed our tariff and endeavoured to right-
price our fees, commission and supplementary 
tariff. We have resisted adjusting our tariff for 
many years and many of the cost items have 
remained unchanged for decades, but we had to 
make appropriate adjustments during the period 
to March 2024, whilst still ensuring that we are 
giving fair value to our customers.
Barker Poland provides financial planning and 
discretionary investment management for UK 
based individuals, providing advice on strategy, 
tax wrappers and associated tax, retirement, 
cash flow management, insurance and estate 
planning. We are recruiting trainees/juniors and 
developing them into advisers over time. We 
place great emphasis on personal contact, which 
is one way that we differentiate ourselves. 
Structured Investments 
Structured Investments continues to be a 
popular investment product to financial 
advisers. It is a core competency of the firm 
and the team provides well-crafted structured 
products to customers through financial advisers. 
Our Structured Investments division launched a 
new structured deposit initiative which will allow 
us to expand into a new group of customers and 
we have already seen encouraging investment 
inflows. Investors can also make use of their Cash 
ISA allowance to invest into structured deposits. 
Structured deposit plans are designed to meet 
the investment objectives of a specific target 
market of investors with certain investment 
characteristics, for example looking for potential 
growth from their initial investment and do not 
require income during the investment term, and 
other factors, but it is important that investors 
speak with a financial adviser to determine 
whether the Plans may be suitable for them. 
More information about structured deposits can 
be found on our website walkercrips.co.uk, and 
select Structured Investments. 
Share Dealing 
Share Dealing is the execution only dealing 
arm of the firm. We offer customers the 
flexibility of making a quick phone call to our 
team to trade, or if they wish, they could also 
trade UK shares, which are liquid, online through 
our Client Portal. Whilst most firms are turning, 
or have turned, away from offering low cost 
telephone dealing and certificated dealing, we 
are expanding both, and offering it as a unique 
selling proposition of this sub-division.
Financial Planning 
Financial Planning operates through our 
offices in York, London and Fareham. Our 
financial planners make time and effort to 
understand our customers’ circumstances and 
requirements, in order to be able to advise 
and help them realise their financial goals. 
We provide guidance on an extensive range 
of financial matters such as life assurance, 
pre-retirement planning, at-retirement advice, 
savings plans, tax-efficient management of 
investments and estate planning. Our strategy 
of controlled growth since 2021 has been 
successful. From two full-time financial planners 
in 2021, to 12 qualified financial planners now, 
and growing our assets under advice (AUA) from 
£141m to £415m (June 2024), we will continue 
with this strategy.
Pensions Administration 
Pensions Administration provides Self-
Invested Personal Pensions (“SIPP”) and 
Small Self-Administered Schemes (“SSAS”) 
services to our customers. This division has 
been driving to keep our pricing competitive and 
increasing the adoption of digitised solutions. 
We are also preparing a marketing campaign 
which will take place between October 2024 and 
March 2025, with a more targeted campaign for 
Accountants, promoting the benefits of pension 
platforms and how they may fit into the overall 
financial plan for customers.
Walker Crips Group plc – Annual Report and Accounts 2024 
09

Our people and culture 
Our people are at 
the forefront of our 
business. In an ever-
evolving industry 
it is important to 
adopt a strategic 
view in terms of  
our people. 
For the last year we have focused  
on people strategies that are 
forward-looking plans that define 
how to get the best performance 
from Walker Crips Group’s (WCG) 
workforce to meet business 
objectives. Some of these initiatives 
include recruitment, learning 
and development, employee 
engagement, retention and DEI 
(Diversity, Equality and Inclusion).
Diversity at WCG is expressed through 
management's commitment to 
equality and the treatment of all 
individuals with respect. WCG is 
committed to developing a rich culture 
derived from people of different 
background, race, religion and gender, 
a diverse workforce, and a healthy 
work environment in which every 
employee is treated fairly, is respected, 
and has the opportunity to contribute 
to the success of the company, while 
having the opportunity to achieve their 
full potential as individuals. We are 
committed to and encourage diversity, 
equality, and inclusion among our 
people and to prevent less favourable 
treatment or financial reward through 
direct or indirect discrimination, 
harassment, victimisation of employees 
or job applicants on the grounds 
of the Equality Act 2010 protected 
characteristics.
We encourage inclusivity at work by also 
acknowledging and sharing the various key 
dates and celebrations of different cultures and 
religions amongst our employees via our internal 
Walker Crips Briefing newsletter, promoting 
multicultural respect and celebrating our 
differences.
We are committed to and encourage diversity, 
equity, and inclusion among our people and to 
prevent less favourable treatment or financial 
reward through direct or indirect discrimination, 
harassment, victimisation of employees or job 
applicants on the grounds of the Equality Act 
2010 protected characteristics. We are certified 
as a Disability Confident Committed employer, 
which means we are committed to:
	
 ensure our recruitment process is inclusive 
and accessible;
	
 communicating and promoting vacancies;
	
 offering an interview to disabled people who 
meet the minimum criteria for the job;
	
 anticipating and providing reasonable 
adjustments as required; and
	
 supporting any existing employee who 
acquires a disability or long-term health 
condition, enabling them to stay in work and 
continue to be productive.
At Walker Crips, we work to highlight and remove 
biases within our recruitment practices. There 
is training for management in recognising 
unconscious bias and what may result in 
others being treated less favourably or even 
discriminated against. To address unconscious 
biases and their negative effects in the 
workplace, the training provides identification of 
which biases are being held and the actions that 
reinforce them. Our approach is to encourage 
employees to take time to self-reflect and record 
when they have experienced biases; training and 
transparency in hiring are some of the ways we 
have adapted to address bias.
10 
Strategic report 
 Annual Report and Accounts 2024 – Walker Crips Group plc 
Diversity, 
Equality and 
Inclusion

A key principle of the Equality Act 2010 is 
the concept of equal pay for equal work. We 
continually review our employee data with 
the objective to ensure that men and women 
in the same job performing equal work must 
receive equal pay, unless any differences in 
remuneration can be justified. We can confirm 
that this principle applies to more than just basic 
pay, but also includes all benefits.
Our vision is to improve our recruitment strategy 
to further fair representation across all groups. 
We believe in bringing together different 
perspectives, ideas and approaches, and this 
leads to increased innovation and improved 
performance. We have already implemented a 
graduate scheme where we can develop younger 
generations, which started two years ago. We 
have also streamlined our apprenticeship scheme 
and have formed numerous relationships with 
learning providers to further our goal of offering 
more apprenticeship schemes. We also offer a 
work experience scheme for those in school – 
please see our Careers page and testimonials  
of our graduates and apprentices at  
walkercrips.co.uk/Careers.
We have also been nominated and shortlisted 
in numerous award categories from PIMFA 
and Financial Times and our Group Head of 
HR, Kameka McLean, drives DEI initiatives and 
speaks at various forums to raise awareness 
and recommend key practices in furthering DEI 
initiatives.
Please find below a list of the DE&I initiatives 
and events the Group has celebrated over the 
past year:
May 2023
Wear It Green Day in aid of Mental Health 
Awareness Week
June 2023
Pride Month, in support of the LGBTQIA+ 
community
August 2023
Walker Crips shortlisted in five categories at the 
Personal Investment Management & Financial 
Advice Association (“PIMFA”) D&I Awards
October 2023
Black History Month; 
World Mental Health Day
December 2023
Christmas Jumper Day in aid of Save the Children
March 2024
Walker Crips nominated for two awards at FT 
Adviser's Diversity in Finance Awards; 
International Women’s Day
Walker Crips Group plc – Annual Report and Accounts 2024 
11
Shortlisted in 
5 categories at 
the 2023 PIMFA 
Diversity & 
Inclusion Awards
Walker Crips achieved 
recognition at the 2023 PIMFA 
Diversity & Inclusion Awards, 
receiving nominations across 
five separate categories.
Our ongoing commitment to fostering 
a diverse and inclusive workplace was 
highlighted by three individual award 
nominations for Kameka McLean, our  
Group Head of Human Resources. We  
have once again been shortlisted in  
multiple categories at the 2024 event. 
Winners will be announced at a ceremony 
on 10 October 2024.

At WCG we prioritise wellbeing and proactively address mental health challenges, 
and equip our workforce with necessary awareness, training and tools to promote 
better health. Recruiting, retaining staff and fulfilling training needs are also crucial 
in helping to fulfil these objectives.
Our goal is to respond effectively to work-related 
mental health issues, and where possible, to 
prevent them from occurring or worsening, 
providing support to our staff throughout their 
employment with us, access to assistance 
and voicing their concerns with assurance of 
professional support. Furthermore, promoting a 
healthy lifestyle and supporting our employees 
on those difficult journeys that life throws at 
us. These initiatives aim to provide a supportive 
environment to our staff and include:
1.	 24/7 Helpline where employees can access a 
range of support with financial and or legal 
worries, support for carers and other life 
events.
2.	 24/7 Remote GPs where employees have 
quick access and can get an appointment 
from a GP via a video consultation.
3.	 Mental Health support which includes 
unlimited support available for our 
employees who are experiencing mental 
health issues, bereavements etc. 
4.	 Physiotherapy that offers personalised 
treatment to all our employees via video 
consultation.
5.	 Medical 2nd opinion which is available 
in person or via video consultation where 
employees can gain a 2nd opinion and a 
review of their medical record on diagnoses 
and or treatment plan.
6.	 Financial and legal support where employees 
can receive advice in areas such as credit and 
debt, budgeting, mortgages, insurance, and 
benefits. 
7.	 Access to wellbeing contents which consist of 
podcasts, webinars and wellbeing calendar.
8.	 360° wellbeing score where employees can 
assess their scores and suggestions tailored 
to them from the assessment. 
9.	 1-2-1 Lifestyle coaching where employees can 
access 1-2-1 sessions with a lifestyle coach.
10.	Personal training where employees can 
access 1-2-1 sessions with a personal trainer 
who will assess their fitness and discuss 
individuals’ goals and thereafter create a 
personalised plan. 
11.	Nutritional consultation. 
12.	Saving on discounts on brands, technology, 
travel, gym membership, day outs and 
attractions etc.
13.	Inhouse Wellbeing training for employees 
and managers. These initiatives support the 
development of compassionate, supportive, 
and effective line management relationships 
and train managers how to recognise when 
their team are not OK and how to approach 
them. Employee training consists of mental 
health wellbeing and how to promote a 
healthy lifestyle – we recognise Mental health 
week and offer tips and help on an ongoing 
basis to all our employees which enable 
learning and the sharing of information 
across the organisation to improve 
awareness, early sign recognition and general 
understanding of mental health.
14.	Mental Health first aiders in all our offices 
offer reasonable adjustments for those 
experiencing a crisis. 
15.	Wellbeing survey twice yearly to pulse check 
how our employees are doing and focusing 
on top 5 common trends at board level. This 
entails employees to provide feedback on 
how they are feeling and offer feedback on 
how the organisation is doing and what we 
can do to improve wellbeing. This was rolled 
out in December and already we have seen 
improvement and we will continue to evolve 
as we go along as this is a long-term strategy 
to ensure wellbeing support continues in the 
new working world, not only that but this 
enables regular feedback which means we 
can focus our efforts in areas that matters 
the most to our employees. 
16.	Mental Health Pathway support for both 
employee and employer.
17.	Cancer pathway – personalised cancer 
support for employees throughout diagnosis, 
treatment, and post treatment recovery.
18.	Absence Management – immediate access to 
specialist support if employees are struggling 
at work or returning after absence. 
19.	Wellbeing Calendar – monthly wellbeing 
activities sent out to team, live events, 
podcasts and other resources. 
20.	Training and workshops – Line manager can 
book CPD accredited training courses and 
available employee sessions for whole team 
on wellbeing.
21.	Wellbeing resources – trending wellbeing 
topics, information and resources. 
Health and
Wellbeing
Our people and culture continued
12 
Strategic report 
 Annual Report and Accounts 2024 – Walker Crips Group plc 

Our industry requires our workforce to be experienced and qualified specialists in 
the areas of financial services, and continuing to be experienced and qualified. 
For that purpose, we implemented a new Learning Management System (“LMS”) 
which contains over a thousand courses, accessible through mobile devices, for our 
employees’ development. 
Continuous learning and growth opportunities 
for employees enable WCG to stay competitive. 
Therefore, a successful people strategy should 
include initiatives that promote professional 
development and allow employees to acquire 
new skills. Our workforce is continually evolving 
and developing their skills and last year we 
released top learners for the first time in which 
we recognised those who have taken a positive 
approach to learning and have gone above and 
beyond mandatory learning. 
During various DEI initiatives throughout the 
year we have seen significant increases in 
learning as we tend to use learning methods to 
educate our workforce and raise awareness by 
appointing / recommending training whether it is 
Race Equality Week, Pride Month, Mental Health 
Week etc (see list of examples on page 11). This 
creates a culture of engagement, encourages 
learning growth and creates MIs in which we are 
able to rely on data in an ever evolving trend.
Training
Creating a culture of engagement
The Group Head of HR we have been able to 
focus on the strategic outlook of our people 
function and although we still have some 
way to go, an effective Human Resource 
strategy doesn't tackle all facets of employee 
engagement and development at once. 
Instead, it focuses on the most important 
initiatives that will drive success for WCG. For 
example: to reduce employee turnover we looked 
at root causes and carried out a benchmarking 
exercise last year, we prioritise programs 
like onboarding, staff surveys, and access to 
professional development opportunities to 
keep new joiners engaged – however, there 
always seems to be multiple priorities which are 
important and regulatory requirements tends to 
overtake but, we take a wide lens view and look 
at the greater strategical picture – our people. 
From some of the above initiatives you can 
clearly see that we have created a culture of 
engagement by creating a communicative 
and collaborative environment while providing 
employees with purpose-driven work to enable 
everyone to perform at their best. 
For example, we have further strengthened 
our performance assessment and it clearly 
outlines exceptional performance and with data 
managers and employees are able to embrace 
interactive initiatives like gamification to keep 
employees engaged hence, reliance on data 
is vital in understanding what motivates and 
drives people. Gathering HR analytics concerning 
performance, training, or team dynamics and 
incorporating them into our people strategy has 
helped WCG make more informed decisions and 
ensure that our strategy is constantly evolving. 
For example, we have included data points 
from pulse surveys, 1:1 meetings, focus groups, 
customer reviews, and exit interviews. These 
baseline insights allow us to understand better 
what's working well and identify areas for 
improvement. 
We will always strive to create meaningful work 
where employees can see the impact of their 
efforts and feel connected to the organisation. 
Management are proud and privileged to be 
working alongside all the members of the Walker 
Crips family, and are grateful for all their hard 
work and their dedication to our clients and to 
the Group.
Walker Crips Group plc – Annual Report and Accounts 2024 
13

Market and Macroeconomic Backdrop
Throughout the 2023/24 financial year, global 
equity markets experienced mixed performance. 
US equities remained robust, largely driven by 
positive sentiment around artificial intelligence 
(“AI”). This optimism continued to bolster 
the performance of the “Magnificent Seven”, 
the largest US technology stocks, which now 
constitute a significant portion of the S&P 500 
index. Japan and Europe also saw strong market 
performance, whereas the UK lagged behind 
its international peers, despite the FTSE 100 
reaching record highs.
Fixed income markets offered attractive yields, 
with the UK 10-year gilt yield exceeding 4%, 
as global central banks maintained restrictive 
monetary policies to combat stubborn inflation. 
The Bank of England (“BoE”) conducted a series 
of interest rate hikes in 2023, reaching 5.25% 
in August, which has been maintained to date, 
as the BoE interest rate has since been reduced 
back to 5% in August 2024.
Inflation remained a central topic of discussion 
among market participants during the period. 
In 2023, conversations focused on persistently 
high inflation, which prompted central banks 
to implement a series of aggressive rate hikes 
to combat inflationary pressures. However, 
this year has seen inflation cooling, with UK 
inflation falling to its lowest level since 2021, 
dropping from a peak of 11% in 2022 to 2% in 
May 2024. A similar trend has been observed in 
other developed regions, with the US and Europe 
following a comparable path. Despite this cooling 
trend, the BoE noted in their recent meeting that 
inflation is expected to rise slightly in the second 
half of this year as declines in energy prices from 
the previous year fall out of the comparison.
This has led central banks to exercise caution 
regarding interest rate cuts, as these could 
trigger further inflationary pressures. 
Consequently, central banks have maintained 
restrictive monetary policies to sustainably bring 
inflation back towards the 2% target. Market 
participants widely believe that central banks in 
developed markets have reached peak interest 
rate levels, with imminent rate cuts expected. 
This is exemplified by the European Central 
Bank's (“ECB”) recent 0.25% rate cut at its June 
meeting. While this suggests we are nearing the 
end of the battle against inflation, it is not over, 
and policymakers continue to exercise caution.
Recent data suggests that the UK labour market 
may be cooling, as the number of vacancies 
continues to fall and unemployment rises. The 
estimated number of job vacancies from March 
to May 2024 decreased to 904,000, a drop of 
12,000 from the previous three months. This 
marks the 23rd consecutive quarterly decrease 
in job vacancies. The latest unemployment rate 
report showed an increase to 4.4% for February 
to April, up from the 2023 low of 3.8% in October 
to December. However, despite the decline in 
vacancies and the rise in unemployment, wage 
growth remains relatively strong. The annual 
growth for regular pay (excluding bonuses) 
stayed robust at 6% from February to April 2024, 
the same as the previous three-month period. 
The annual growth in employees' average total 
earnings (including bonuses) was slightly lower at 
5.9% for the same period, also unchanged from 
the previous three months.
Regarding economies, several leading indicators 
have highlighted an elevated risk of a potential 
recession. For example, the unusual environment 
first experienced in 2022 has continued into 
2024, with yields on shorter-term debt securities 
generally remaining higher than those on 
longer-term securities. This phenomenon, 
known as an inverted yield curve, contrasts 
with normal fixed income environments where 
investors are paid higher yields for longer-term 
investments. An inverted yield curve typically 
indicates an expectation of declining long-term 
interest rates, which is often associated with 
recessions. However, the inverted yield curve has 
been flattening compared to periods in 2023, 
suggesting an improvement in market sentiment.
Real Gross Domestic Product (“GDP”) forecasts 
for 2024 show that G7 countries are expected to 
experience growth below 1%, apart from the US 
which is projected 2.4% growth. Therefore, other 
than the US, all G7 countries are anticipated to 
grow much below normal levels. Governments 
continue to invest, particularly focusing on 
infrastructure and transitioning to greener 
energy sources. Earlier this year, the British 
Government announced that its renewables 
scheme achieved its largest-ever contract for 
difference funding, with more than £1 billion 
allocated for renewable energy investments. This 
included a pledge of £800 million for offshore 
wind to ensure that Britain remains competitive 
with international peers. We anticipate this trend 
will continue in the coming years as governments 
aim to replace fossil fuels with cheaper, cleaner, 
domestic energy in the transition towards net zero.
Taking a deeper look at spending, the RSM 
Middle Market Business Index (“MMBI”) report 
highlighted strong financial performance for 
middle market firms, with increased net earnings 
and revenues leading many executives to plan 
productivity-boosting capital expenditures. 
Nearly half of the respondents reported 
improved gross revenues and net earnings, 
with a significant majority expecting further 
improvements in the next six months. This 
optimism has led 53% of respondents to 
anticipate economic improvement, although 
65% remain concerned about the cost of capital, 
focusing on upcoming Federal Reserve rate 
decisions. Employment levels stayed constant, 
with 44% of firms increasing hiring despite a 
tight labour market and rising compensation 
costs. Over half of the executives expect to raise 
compensation in the latter half of the year to 
attract and retain talent amidst 8 million unfilled 
job openings. Despite modest improvements in 
confidence during the second quarter, with 40% 
of executives seeing economic improvements 
and 32% noting deterioration, smaller firms 
continue to face challenges from higher wages 
and input costs. We believe this demonstrates 
that generally business executives remain 
cautiously optimistic about the future growth 
prospects in the current economic environment.
In terms of market events, the 2023/24 financial 
year has been dominated by global elections, 
with nearly half of the world's population voting 
in 2024. Election outcomes are notoriously 
difficult to predict, making them a complex 
factor in guiding portfolio allocation. In the 
UK, market participants appear less concerned 
about which party wins the general election and 
more focused on resolving lingering uncertainty. 
Recent political volatility in the UK saw several 
Prime Ministers take office, including Liz Truss's 
brief 49-day tenure. Currently, the Labour Party 
is favoured, and we are closely monitoring the 
situation and its potential impact on markets. 
The US election has also been a significant focus, 
Market analysis
14 
Strategic report 
 Annual Report and Accounts 2024 – Walker Crips Group plc 

with President Joe Biden and former President 
Donald Trump as key candidates. Similarly, in 
the US, the election outcome itself may not 
be the primary market concern; rather, it is the 
removal of uncertainty. Historically, markets 
have responded unfavourably to elections, 
experiencing lower returns and increased 
volatility due to heightened uncertainty. For 
instance, the S&P 500 has averaged returns of 
6.2% during election years compared to 9.6% 
during non-election years. Therefore, while we 
closely monitor elections, we emphasise that 
personal political opinions should not override 
sound investment decisions.
Geopolitical tensions continue to significantly 
impact markets, illustrated by conflicts such as 
the Russia-Ukraine war, US-China relations, and 
the Israel-Hamas conflict. These tensions have 
created a distinct economic environment, with 
concerns growing over trade fragmentation and 
deglobalisation. Evidence of this trend includes 
China's share of US imports declining by 8% 
from 2017 to 2023 amid heightened trade 
tensions. Over the same period, the US share 
of China's exports decreased by approximately 
4%. Additionally, China has threatened to sell 
US Treasury bonds, and the US has blacklisted 
some Chinese technology firms. Escalation of 
these trade tensions poses a heightened risk of 
significant disruption to global financial markets. 
This situation mirrors the humanitarian crises 
caused by conflicts, amplifying risks across 
global capital flows, trade, and commodity 
markets. Therefore, we are closely monitoring 
developments to strategically adjust investment 
portfolios as the geopolitical landscape evolves.
AI has remained a core topic of discussion 
during the financial year, with Nvidia surging 
approximately 150% from the start of 2024 until 
the end of June. The company reported strong 
financial performance, with first-quarter revenue 
of $26.0 billion, up 18% from the previous 
quarter and 262% from a year ago. It is now 
widely accepted that AI will be transformational 
on a global scale, improving efficiency and 
productivity. Data analytics powered by AI 
is increasingly used to enhance business and 
customer insights, delivering more tailored 
experiences for users. As AI technology becomes 
more integrated, there is greater emphasis on 
understanding its energy implications, including 
power grid capacity. Advanced machine learning 
models require significant computational 
resources, with the energy needed for the 
annual training of a large language model 
being equivalent to that of 130 US households, 
according to the International Energy Agency. 
Therefore, it is crucial for technology companies 
to work closely with the energy sector to ensure 
adequate capacity to power such technology. We 
continue to believe that AI will be a core driver 
of markets in the coming years and will monitor 
its development closely. At Walker Crips, we take 
pride in being a technology-driven company and 
embrace these advancements in AI.
Market Outlook
Looking ahead, our focus is on upcoming 
inflation data and the trajectory of interest 
rate adjustments. We observe that inflation 
has notably moderated, with the UK's latest 
reading returning to the 2% target, although it 
is expected to increase again in the latter half of 
the year. Consequently, while the battle against 
inflation continues, it appears to be approaching 
its later stages. The ECB has already executed its 
initial rate cut, and we anticipate similar moves 
from most developed countries in the near 
term. The market is likely to remain responsive 
to incoming inflation figures and the pace of 
interest rate adjustments by global central banks. 
It is our assessment that interest rates will not 
revert to near-zero levels. We believe that the 
past decade's near-zero interest rates were an 
anomaly and that we are now transitioning back 
to a more typical interest rate environment. This 
shift will create a markedly different investment 
landscape compared to the previous decade, as 
servicing debt will become considerably more 
expensive.
The economic environment remains delicate, 
with ongoing uncertainty prevalent across 
developed economies. It is widely anticipated 
that mild recessions will persist in the near future, 
as evidenced by the UK's technical recession 
in the latter part of last year. Despite these 
challenges, we continue to see compelling 
opportunities for investors to construct 
diversified portfolios that aim to deliver robust 
risk-adjusted returns over the long term. The 
current higher interest rate environment has 
resulted in attractive yields in the fixed income 
market, which we view as an increasingly 
important element for investment portfolios. 
We believe that exposure to fixed income 
assets will introduce a defensive component, 
shielding investors from potential downside risks. 
Moreover, this asset class offers the potential 
for capital appreciation as central banks pivot 
towards cutting interest rates.
When assessing equity markets, we find 
compelling opportunities in the UK market due 
to historically low valuations. The FTSE 100 
index, composed of the largest 100 UK-listed 
companies, has a notable presence in the energy 
and financial services sectors. These sectors 
have generally benefited from higher interest 
rates compared to others. Additionally, we see 
attractive prospects in emerging market equities, 
primarily driven by favourable valuations and 
relatively lower inflationary pressures compared 
to developed economies. Conversely, we perceive 
the US equity market as trading at a considerable 
premium, influenced by a strong dollar, 
expanded valuations, and robust profit margins, 
which may potentially lead to diminished returns 
over the next decade. Our investment strategy 
remains focused on high-quality businesses  
that demonstrate strong cash generation, 
recurring and growing revenues, and robust 
balance sheets.  
These attributes provide a layer of resilience 
amidst global economic uncertainties. 
Diversification across various sectors and regions 
remains paramount, ensuring our portfolios are 
well-positioned to achieve robust risk-adjusted 
returns in the current economic landscape.
Real estate markets have encountered 
challenges due to higher interest rates, impacting 
affordability. Mortgage rates have begun a 
gradual descent, a trend we expect to persist 
as central banks shift towards rate cuts. This is 
anticipated to bolster property assets, which 
have faced stagnation amid prolonged restrictive 
monetary policies. We view real estate assets 
as valuable diversifiers in portfolios, offering 
attractive income potential and opportunities for 
capital appreciation as monetary policies ease.
Alternative assets such as infrastructure and 
private equity play a crucial role in diversifying 
portfolios and offer potential for capital 
preservation during market downturns. 
Infrastructure assets, in particular, often 
feature inflation-linked contracts, making 
them appealing in periods of high inflation. 
Despite these advantages, many alternative 
assets are currently trading at significant 
discounts compared to their net asset values, 
presenting compelling investment opportunities. 
Several of these assets comprise high-quality 
portfolios that could potentially see discounts 
narrow, thereby offering strong capital 
appreciation potential alongside attractive 
income streams at current levels. Therefore, we 
maintain our view that alternative assets are 
important components of portfolios, providing 
opportunities for attractive risk-adjusted returns.
In conclusion, market uncertainty persists, 
with much of 2024 shaped by imminent global 
elections. We continue to prioritise investment 
fundamentals rather than react to short-term 
noise and resulting volatility. Looking further 
ahead, we maintain optimism about financial 
markets transitioning to a more typical economic 
environment compared to the previous decade. 
Our investment focus remains centred on 
building well-diversified portfolios capable of 
navigating current challenges and delivering 
robust long-term returns.
Wesley Coultas
Head of Investment Management
31 July 2024
Walker Crips Group plc – Annual Report and Accounts 2024 
15

The financial year to 31 March 2024 was one 
of dealing with difficult challenges. Our primary 
focus during the year was the continuation of 
the initiatives to improve our compliance and 
risk management framework including the 
initial work relating to the financial crime control 
framework review and remediation that we 
noted last year. It is a significant undertaking, 
in terms of management time and the resource 
required. As described in the Chairman’s 
statement, the work is ongoing and it is a 
worthwhile and necessary investment to improve 
our control environment, customer service and 
ultimately leading to improve operating margins 
and profitability in the long-run.
Financial performance
The Group’s results were impacted by external 
pressures and internal operational matters that 
saw trading commissions and management 
fees impacted negatively, whilst inflationary 
pressures, together with continued costs and 
investment in strengthening our regulatory and 
compliance functions, kept our cost base high. 
Our performance, as noted in my report last 
year, was also impacted by five self-employed 
investment managers and their client base 
leaving the Group during the year. We will see 
one more self-employed investment manager 
depart early in the new financial year. 
The negative impact of these were somewhat 
mitigated by interest income from managing 
customer deposits and the firm’s own money, 
and an exceptional income arising from a 
lower than expected liability in relation to the 
previously reported Stamp Duty Reserve Tax 
(SDRT) underpayment and related professional 
fees (see note 9). 
We are reporting a Group profit before tax 
of £387,000 (2023: £632,000), reflecting the 
outcome of challenges noted by the Chairman. 
Adjusting for exceptional items, there has 
been a marked decline in year-on-year pre-tax, 
pre-exceptional profits of £162,000 (2023: 
£1,186,000). Further explanation of these 
headline results is provided below.
Notwithstanding the headline results, we did 
not lose focus on strategic measures to ensure 
that the Group’s underlying performance in the 
future is strengthened with the hiring of business 
development managers with a clear mandate 
to attract new customers and new assets under 
management. They have had some success 
already and there is a considerable book of 
prospects in the pipeline.
We also launched a new structured deposit 
initiative to help us identify and open new doors 
for new clients and revenues. During the financial 
year, we saw the first shoots from this initiative 
with 152 new clients investing £5.2 million into 
our opening structured deposit.
We remain cautiously optimistic about the 
future as we view much of the work in relation 
to improvements to our compliance and risk 
management framework, internal controls, 
financial crime prevention systems, client asset 
management processes and Consumer Duty 
implementation as investments which are 
necessary to protect client and Group assets 
from which we can reap long-term benefits.
Total revenue
Total revenue, due to a number of variables, 
decreased by 0.1% to £31.57 million (2023: 
£31.61 million). The decrease, as I referenced 
last year, was partly driven by a number of 
self-employed investment managers exiting the 
Group at the start of the year, and partly driven 
by difficult market and uncertain economic 
pressures depressing trading commissions and 
management fees, which were offset by higher 
retention of interest earned on managing 
customer trading balances. 
Total commission income reduced by 17.9% to 
£4.9 million (2023: £6.0 million). The loss of a 
number of self-employed investment managers 
and their clients, and the revenue therein, 
and persisting market uncertainty were direct 
causes of the reduction in commission. It is also 
important to recognise that the Group has been 
slowly moving away from volume based variable 
income to more stable fee income, and this is 
expected to be more prominent next year with 
the recent tariff alignment exercise conducted by 
the Investment Management division, which will 
be in place for a full financial year.
Fee generating client assets fell by 13.5% to  
£2.7 billion (2023: £3.1 billion). The reduction  
in these assets naturally resulted in our fee 
income reducing by 4.9% to £16.9 million,  
down £0.8 million from last year (2023:  
£17.7 million). During the year, in conjunction 
with the Consumer Duty implementation, the 
Investment Management division standardised 
its fee tariffs across all its service range thereby 
removing historical commercial arrangements 
agreed at customer level. As a result, the division 
is expected to see its aggregate fee income 
increasing in the next financial year. This will 
support our commitment to reduce our reliance 
on retained interest income. 
Our Structured Investment division ended the 
financial year reporting £3.0 million of gross 
income, down £0.9 million from last year (2023: 
£3.9 million). The reduction in reported income 
is largely down to the structured products 
industry shifting from structured investments 
to structured deposits. The team is currently 
involved in a project to digitise its operations 
and the outcome of this is expected to create 
capacity to increase customer engagement 
and revenue growth. The team’s recent product 
launch is one of their steps in their journey to 
increase market share in the UK.
Arbitrage business reported a modest increase 
in contribution to £152,000 for the year (2023: 
£97,000).
Barker Poland Asset Management saw a 4.4% 
increase in revenue and reported £2.3 million of 
gross income (2023: £2.2 million) compared to 
last year.
Our Financial Planning division, following a 
successful recruitment drive, saw their income 
increasing by 26.4% to £2.5 million (2023: 
£1.9 million), showing great promise and giving 
optimism for the near future.
Interest income increased by 82.8% to £5.8 
million (2023: £3.2 million). This revenue stream 
does provide the Group with a level of protection 
against adverse fluctuations of income linked 
to high interest environments which make asset 
prices and indices susceptible to stagnation or 
low growth. The Group is committed to reducing 
this reliance and has already taken steps towards 
achieving this objective. It should, however, be 
noted that there are significant costs associated 
with managing client assets and money and 
changes made to Group’s business model will 
take a period of time to be fully effective.
Finance Director’s review
16 
Strategic report 
 Annual Report and Accounts 2024 – Walker Crips Group plc 

Commissions and fees paid
The aforementioned departure of certain self-
employed investment managers also resulted 
in reducing our income sharing. This saw a 
reduction of £1.5 million to £5.8 million (2023: 
£7.3 million), contributing to an increase in our 
gross operating margin to 81.7% from 77.0% 
in 2023. At the same time our operating margin 
reduced to 0.2% (2023: 2.6%), reflecting our 
higher cost base this year.
Expenses
Administrative expenses, excluding exceptional 
items, salaries and related staff costs, 
depreciation and amortisation, increased by 
7.9% in the year, with investments made to 
strengthen our compliance and risk management 
framework significantly increasing our cost 
base. This, along with general inflationary 
increases in a number of areas, was offset by 
a reduction in FCA fees and levies in the year. 
Salaries and staff-related costs saw a year-on-
year increase of 16.8%, with salaries increasing 
by 15.7% to £15.8 million in the year (2023: 
£13.7 million), partly due to the current labour 
market demanding higher pay packages to 
attract high calibre staff and partly as a result 
of pay increases awarded to our existing staff 
to support them through the inflation-driven 
cost-of-living pressures. The Group, as part of 
its overall strategy, will continue to search and 
onboard high-calibre staff to all parts of our 
business. These, along with the costs of benefits 
offered to staff, contributed to increasing our 
related staff costs in the year by 43.1% to  
£0.8 million (2023: £0.6 million).
I am pleased to report, with support from our 
tax advisers, and following an extensive internal 
investigation, we have now completed the issue 
in relation to the underpayment of SDRT that 
I reported last year, and our tax advisers are in 
communication with the HMRC to agree the final 
settlement. As a result, the Group is reporting an 
exceptional income totalling £225,000 (2023: 
exceptional cost of £554,000), being the credit 
adjustment to reduce the final SDRT liability and 
professional costs estimate to a more accurate 
figure (see note 9). 
UK inflation has come down from a peak of 
11.1% in October 2022, to 3.2% in March 2024 
and down to the government CPI target of 2% 
in May 2024. The 2% inflation target, however, 
does not translate to a cost reduction, but merely 
Reconciliation of operating profit to operating  
profit before exceptional items
2024
£’000
2023 
£’000
Operating profit
63
625
Operating exceptional items (note 9)
 (225) 
 554 
Operating profit before exceptional items
(162)
 1,179
Reconciliation of profit before tax to profit before tax and total 
exceptional items
Profit before tax
387
632
Total exceptional items (note 9)
 (225)
 554
Profit before tax and exceptional items
162
1,186
Adjusted EBITDA
Operating profit
63
625
Operating exceptional items (note 9)
(225) 
 554 
Amortisation/depreciation (note 30)
1,299
1,301
Right-of-use assets depreciation charge (note 30)
636 
771 
Adjusted EBITDA
1,773
3,251
Underlying cash generated from operations
Net cash inflow from operations
970
3,539
Working capital (note 30)
1,124
156
Lease liability payments under IFRS 16 (note 30)
(722)
(332)
Cash outflow on operating exceptional items 
928
–
Underlying cash generated in the period
2,300
3,363
an indication that costs are not increasing from 
their all-time higher base over a set period. This 
means that our high-cost base will continue 
into the future, and as noted in the Chairman’s 
report, we are on a strategic initiative to improve 
our compliance and risk management framework 
which will require considerable investment over 
the next 12 months. 
Cash management
The Group remains cash generative and recorded 
a cash inflow from operations of £0.97 million 
(2023: £3.5 million), much lower than in the 
previous year, reflecting low income generation 
in a period of rising costs, leading to much lower 
operating profits. 
The underlying cash generated from operations, 
reflecting the impact of lease liability payments, 
non-cyclical working capital movements and 
cash flows from exceptional items (see above 
reconciliation) showed a performance of  
£2.3 million (2023: £3.4 million). The underlying 
cash generation compared to last year was 
lower due to reasons noted above, but it does 
demonstrate the cash generative nature of the 
underlying business model.
Walker Crips Group plc – Annual Report and Accounts 2024 
17

After deducting cash deployed in investing 
activities and dividends paid, cash and cash 
equivalents increased to £13.9 million at year-
end (2023: £13.1 million). 
Looking forward to next year, we have a number 
of key priorities with uplifting our compliance 
and risk management framework and the 
investment required therein being at the core. 
We will continue with initiatives to generate 
more income, as mentioned above in relation to 
business development and structured deposits. 
Changes already made to align our fee structure 
and the output of these ongoing initiatives will 
place the Group in a good standing to deliver 
on our commitment to reduce our reliance on 
retained interest income, which will see some 
pressure on cash generation, however, our going 
concern forecast model indicates a modest year-
on-year increase in cash and cash equivalent 
next year.
Finance Director’s review continued
Regulatory own funds and own funds requirements
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Own funds
Share capital
2,888
2,888
Share premium
3,763 
3,763 
Retained earnings
10,259
10,104
Other reserves
4,723
4,723
Less: 
Own shares held
(312)
(312)
Regulatory adjustments
(7,880)
(8,800)
Total own funds
13,441
12,366
Own funds requirement (OFR)
(5,075)
(4,854)
Regulatory capital surplus over OFR
8,366
7,512
Cover on own funds as a % 
264.8%
254.8%
Own Funds Threshold Requirement (OFTR)
(7,022)
(7,227)
Regulatory capital surplus over OFTR
6,419
5,139
Cover on own funds as a % 
191.4%
171.1%
Financial result and alternative 
performance measures
The Group reported operating profit and profit 
before tax for the year of £63,000 and £387,000, 
respectively (2023: £625,000 and £632,000). 
Adjusting for exceptional items (see page 17 for 
the reconciliations and note 9 for further details), 
the Group made an operating loss of £162,000 
for the year (2023: operating profit 1,179,000) 
and a profit before tax of £162,000 (2023: 
£1,186,000). The Group’s adjusted EBITDA 
(being EBITDA adjusted for exceptional items – 
see page 17 for the reconciliation) is £1.8 million 
(2023: £3.3 million), not surprisingly a decrease 
of 45.4%. 
Total Assets Under Management and 
Administration (“AUMA”) stood at £4.9 billion 
at the end the financial year (2023: £5.0 billion). 
Discretionary and Advisory Assets Under 
Management fell by 13.5% to £2.7 billion 
(2023: £3.1 billion). The decrease in AUMA 
values can be attributed partly to a number of 
self-employed investment managers and their 
client base departing the Group and partly to 
existing customers deploying cash to alternative 
needs during a period of high inflation and rising 
costs offset by onboarding new customers. In 
addition to this and disappointingly, we have also 
lost a small number of customers as a result of 
the tariff standardisation exercise that resulted 
in the removal of historical fee and commission 
arrangements. 
Notwithstanding above and after the completion 
of our initiative to improve our compliance and 
risk management framework, with its high calibre 
staff base and improved systems coupled with 
revenue generating initiatives in the pipeline, the 
Group would be ideally placed to propel forward 
to a profitable landscape. 
Divisional performance
The Investment Management division, including 
exceptional costs, delivered an operating 
profit of £1.63 million for the year, compared 
to £1.55 million in the previous year. Adjusting 
for exceptional items, the division reported an 
operating profit of £1.41 million (2023:  
£2.11 million). The division took the brunt of  
the aforementioned effects of fee and 
commission revenues, cost of investment in 
improving our compliance and risk management 
framework, and inflationary cost pressures. On 
a positive note, the division has successfully 
onboarded a new business development team, 
invested in a number of new salaried investment 
managers and launched a new structured 
deposit product, all of which are the necessary 
ingredients to move the Group to a higher 
margin operating model. 
The Financial Planning division has now 
successfully completed its recruitment drive to 
increase its advisor base with several key hires 
in the year. The division saw its year-on-year 
income increase by 26.4% to £2.45 million 
(2023: £1.94 million) however reported an 
increased loss of £0.63 million (2023:  
£0.31 million). The advisers onboarded will  
take time to bring their client base across and 
operate at full capacity and the division is 
expected to return to profitability in the  
coming year. 
Our software as a service (SaaS) division, 
represented by our subsidiary EnOC Technologies 
Limited (EnOC), has returned an operating loss of 
£490,000 (2023: £128,000 loss) after removing 
intercompany revenues. However, standalone 
performance, including revenue generated 
from providing its services to Group entities, 
saw it generate operating profit of £102,000 
(see note 6). EnOC benefited from the transfer 
of intellectual property from the Investment 
Management division on 1 April 2023, an 
action intended to allow EnOC the ownership 
and control of the Group’s internally generated 
intellectual property and to allow it to maintain 
and develop it with its own staff and dedicated 
resources, while leasing its services to sister 
companies.
18 
Strategic report 
 Annual Report and Accounts 2024 – Walker Crips Group plc 

Capital resources, liquidity and 
regulatory capital
The Group’s capital structure, consisting solely 
of equity capital, provides a stable platform to 
support the Group’s strategic plan and initiatives. 
At year end, net assets are £21.3 million  
(2023: £21.2 million), reflecting a net increase 
of £0.1 million (2023: £0.2 million net decrease), 
from reported profit after tax, less dividends 
paid. Liquidity remains strong with cash and  
cash equivalents increasing over the year to 
£13.9 million (2023: £13.1 million). Regulatory 
capital at year end, including audited reserves 
for the year, is £13.4 million (2023: £12.4 million), 
comfortably in excess of the Group’s Own Funds 
(Capital) Threshold Requirement (see Table on 
page 18).
Dividends
In view of the Group’s financial performance, 
capital and liquidity position, the Board 
recommends a final dividend of 0.25 pence  
per share to be paid on 4 October 2024 for  
those members on the shareholders’ register  
on 20 September 2024, the ex-dividend date  
being 19 September 2024. Including the  
interim dividend of 0.25 pence per share  
(2023: 0.25 pence per share), the total dividend 
paid and proposed in respect of the year is 0.50 
pence per share (2023: 0.50 pence per share).
Sanath Dandeniya
Finance Director
31 July 2024
Walker Crips Group plc – Annual Report and Accounts 2024 
19

Supporting our community
We remain enormously grateful to 
Walker Crips for the instrumental 
support you provide us with! It’s 
only with your continued and 
incredibly generous help that we can 
continue helping clients like Gloria 
and Yan find and remain in good, 
sustainable work, creating brighter 
futures not only for themselves, but 
also for their families and their local 
communities. 
Oliver Jacobs
CEO, Twining Enterprise
Twining Enterprise
We are delighted to continue 
supporting Twining Enterprise, 
a charity dedicated to aiding 
individuals with mental health 
issues in obtaining and retaining 
mainstream employment. 
They achieve this through skills 
training, practical guidance, 
coaching, community outreach, 
collaborations with various local 
organisations and employers, and 
other supportive measures. Twining 
Enterprise significantly impacts 
lives and society by assisting 
people in securing and maintaining 
employment, supporting employers, 
and advocating against mental 
health stigma.
A year in review
We are thrilled to report that Twining Enterprise 
has enjoyed a very productive year. It has 
just concluded a successful first year working 
alongside its strategic delivery partner Shaw 
Trust, to deliver the West London Works 
programme. The programme is designed to 
support people with mental and physical health 
challenges find, and retain, positive employment 
across North and West London. 
Twining has also continued to support clients 
receiving NHS secondary mental health care to 
gain and sustain employment. Many of these 
clients have endured long-term serious mental 
illness, making the transition back into the 
workplace challenging, but also hugely valuable 
for their recovery journey. You can read more 
about one client, Gloria, who benefitted from this 
programme below.
The charity has also continued to support young 
people from minority backgrounds who are 
struggling with their mental health, by offering 
the free 12-week e-mentoring programme 
“Developing Futures” which matches young 
mentees with trained and experienced corporate 
mentors. These mentors help them to build 
confidence and develop life goals, whilst also 
introducing new networks and opportunities.
In the Autumn of 2023 Twining launched a new 
programme, which required the mobilisation 
of a new team to work directly with therapists 
in Barnet NHS Talking Therapies. This team 
of Employment Advisors have embedded 
themselves within the therapy teams and 
now receive referrals for clients that may have 
obstacles remaining in work or returning from a 
period of sickness; or to help those out of work 
to overcome barriers and help them to start 
thinking about looking for work.
Twining Enterprise had an exciting start to 2024 
when it announced plans to join forces with 
Hestia, a charity supporting people to recover 
and build a life beyond crisis. This partnership will 
increase its capacity and enhance the support 
it can provide for people with mental health 
needs. The integration of the two organisations 
is expected to take around 12 months, with a full 
merger planned for early 2025.
The charity looks forward to implementing 
similar projects and partnerships in the coming 
year, as helping people with mental and physical 
health conditions to find and stay in meaningful 
work remains one of its core objectives.
If you are able to, please join Twining Enterprise 
in its mission to end the vicious cycle of mental 
health and unemployment. If you wish to find 
out more about their work, make a donation or 
sign up as a supporter, please visit  
walkercrips.co.uk/Community.
Find out more 
For more information about  
Twining Enterprise please go to 
twiningenterprise.org.uk.
20 
Strategic report 
 Annual Report and Accounts 2024 – Walker Crips Group plc 

Headline achievements 
In the past five years Twining Enterprise has: 
	
 Supported over 10,000 people to rebuild 
their lives through the support received 
from their Employment Specialists applying 
evidence-based employment support 
models.
	
 Become a leader in the Individual 
Placement Support (IPS) model of 
employment support, trailblazing IPS in 
Primary Care and innovating with the IPS 
model in Secondary Care.
	
 Seen its income grow over 25% and is  
well positioned for further growth.
	
 Created effective and long-lasting 
partnerships with the NHS, Department for 
Work and Pensions (DWP), leading London 
employers and a whole series of local 
community organisations.
	
 Has become known for the quality of its 
services and empathic client relationships, 
high performance, local embeddedness, 
positive culture and delivery of insightful 
data.
About Twining Enterprise
Twining has been offering mental health and 
employment support throughout London for 
nearly 30 years. Since 2008, the charity has 
successfully implemented 70 diverse projects, 
benefitting over 15,000 individuals. These 
initiatives encompass a variety of proven 
employment support models, such as Individual 
Placement and Support (IPS), peer support and 
job retention. Additionally, Twining continues to 
innovate by incorporating digital interventions 
to extend its reach to more individuals in need. 
The charity has extensive experience in North 
and West London boroughs, supported by robust 
relationships with statutory bodies, community 
organisations and employers.
Twining’s services
Twining empowers individuals to take 
responsibility for themselves, achieve financial 
independence, find purpose and connect with 
their local communities. This is accomplished 
through personalised and group interventions, 
customised support, coaching and mentoring. 
The charity’s specific services include career 
advice and guidance, assistance with CV writing 
and job applications, mock interview practice, 
stress management training, welfare benefits 
advice, in-work or return-to-work support and 
advocacy.
Additionally, Twining collaborates with local 
and national employers to help them address 
mental health in the workplace, recruit and 
retain employees with mental health conditions 
effectively and identify and create job 
opportunities for their clients.
“Hoi first asked me what 
kind of work I would like to 
do. After working for several 
years as a receptionist, I 
wanted a change. I wanted 
to do something in the 
mental health sector.”
Gloria
“Monica was my pillar of 
strength; she encouraged 
me and made me feel strong 
enough to stand up for 
myself.”
Yan
Gloria had found herself in a dark place with 
her mental health, but made the brave move 
to help herself and called upon the assistance 
of people she knew could support her back to 
health – her Health Coordinator, her family 
and our Employment Specialist, Hoi. With Hoi’s 
support and guidance, Gloria has now managed 
to secure a job as a trainer at a local college.
When Yan found herself being unfairly treated 
at work, she wasn’t sure which way to turn, but 
thankfully found our Employment Specialist, 
Monica. Monica worked with Yan for six months 
to explain her rights to her and provide support 
through the toughest of times. 
Spotlight case studies
Walker Crips Group plc – Annual Report and Accounts 2024 
21

Principal risks and uncertainties
Third line
Internal Audit
	
 Undertakes certain assurance procedures to enable reports into the Audit Committee on the 
Company’s governance and risk control framework.
	
 Provides an independent and objective appraisal of Company activities, furnishing 
management with analyses and recommendations.
First line
First line risk owners
	
 Perform quarterly assessment of risks within the Company’s Risk Matrix.
	
 Ensure risks within their areas remain robustly identified, assessed, controlled and mitigated.
	
 Includes Client Onboarding & Suitability, Operations, Finance, HR, T&C and Technology teams.
Second line
Risk Management Committee
	
 This executive committee assists the Company in fulfilling their corporate governance oversight 
responsibilities. 
	
 Evaluates, reviews and reports on:
	
 Risk appetite, strategy and tolerance, including integration with the Company’s culture, 
values and behaviour.
	
 The operation of risk management frameworks in the effective mitigation of strategic, 
operational and external risks.
Compliance Committee
	
 This executive committee has the following objectives:
	
 To provide regulatory oversight to the Company, ensuring compliance with all regulatory 
obligations of the FCA, FOS, FSCS, LSE and other UK regulatory bodies relevant to the 
Company.
	
 To provide challenge to all levels of leadership in the Company.
	
 To cultivate a culture of compliance and ensure that the Company is delivering good 
customer outcomes.
Second line control teams
	
 Provide independent challenge and oversight of first line control activities.
	
 Monitoring and reporting of risks to the Board and senior management.
Framework
Board
	
 Responsible for establishing a sound and 
effective risk management framework.
	
 Sets risk appetite.
Audit Committee
The Audit Committee assists the Board with 
the following risk management framework 
activities:
	
 Oversight of the adequacy and 
effectiveness of the risk management 
systems and internal control environment.
	
 Assessment of the effectiveness of 
internal audit risks.
Approach
The Board is ultimately responsible for 
establishing a risk management framework to 
control, mitigate and manage the various risks 
faced by the Company and allow it to achieve 
its strategic objectives. Our approach to risk 
management is continually evolving to meet the 
ever-present principal risks and new threats and 
opportunities that may arise in the short, medium 
and long term.
Our framework
The Company operates a three line of defence 
model as set out opposite.
22 
Strategic report 
 Annual Report and Accounts 2024 – Walker Crips Group plc 

Risk appetite
The Group’s risk appetite is defined as both the 
amount and type of risk the Group is prepared 
to take or retain in the pursuit of its strategy, as 
established in the Group ICARA. The Group’s 
description of risk appetite against each category 
can be mapped to the maximum levels of 
MIFIDPRU Assessment A capital requirement as 
follows:
	
 	
Maximum MIFIDPRU 
Risk appetite in 	
Assessment A 
each category	
capital requirement
Zero/Low	
Less than £0.5m
Low/Medium	
£0.5m – £3m
Medium	
£3m – £5m
Medium/High	
£5m – £7.5m
High	
Greater than £7.5m
The Board has no appetite for any single 
unforeseen unmitigated risk exposure in excess 
of £250,000 or multiple unforeseen exposures 
which occur in any 12-month period in excess of 
£750,000.
During the period there were no matters that 
exceeded these tolerances.
Risk management developments
During the period and subsequently there were 
the following key developments which have 
and will contribute to improvements in risk 
management at the Group: 
	
 Hire of Chief Risk & Compliance Officer, 
Christian Dougal, who’s 30 years 
of experience and expertise in risk 
management, compliance and operations 
will help to drive and deliver enhancements 
to the Group’s risk management framework.
	
 Hire of Group Manager of Risk, Bhumi 
Sanders, who’s 10 years of risk management 
experience and expertise will inform and 
support an enhanced Group Risk team.
	
 Initiation of a review into WCIM’s 
compliance framework and customer 
journey which is being conducted by an 
external adviser.
	
 Review of the Group’s ICARA document, 
process and winding down plans conducted 
by an external adviser.
	
 Significant investment in WCIM’s CASS 
Enhancement\Remediation activities, 
supported by two external specialist 
advisory firms, which in conjunction with 
a restructure of the CASS Team, and 
additional headcount, has generated 
material improvements in WCIM’s 
regulatory compliance in this area.
	
 A selection process has been initiated to 
invest in a Governance, Risk and Compliance 
(GRC) system for the Group which will 
underpin the required improvements in 
the efficiency and effectiveness of the 
Group’s risk management and compliance 
frameworks.
Principal risks and uncertainties
The following tables detail the principal risks 
and uncertainties we have identified. It is not an 
exhaustive list of all the risks and uncertainties 
faced by the Group, which are captured and 
assessed within the Group Risk Matrix.
Changes in risk status reflect developments 
identified as part of the Group’s Risk Matrix and 
Material Risk of Harms Assessment during the 
financial year ended 31 March 2024 and forward-
looking assessment of the risk landscape in the 
financial year ending 31 March 2025, by the 
Head of Group Risk. Changes to the Group Risk 
Matrix are based on assessments by the relevant 
risk event owner, of changes to the estimated 
impact or likelihood of a particular risk event 
as part of the Group Internal Capital and Risk 
Assessment Process (“ICARA”).
Walker Crips Group plc – Annual Report and Accounts 2024 
23

Risk
How it arises
Mitigation
Status
Client risk/Counterparty risk
Client/
Counterparty 
failure to meet its 
obligations to the 
Group
Risk appetite  
Low/Medium
Status 
Unchanged
The risk that a client or market counterparty 
will not meet its obligations to the Group 
in accordance with agreed terms resulting 
in losses. This risk can arise when a client 
fails to pay for a purchase of shares or to 
deliver a certificate of ownership of a stock 
which has been sold. A similar exposure also 
arises if a market maker fails to complete 
the same trade through corresponding 
payment or stock delivery.
Daily monitoring of clients’ positions and 
counterparty exposures and individual 
trade limits. Credit assessments of 
counterparties and treasury policy to 
avoid concentration risk. Credit risk 
assessments of banks and custodians, 
active monitoring of exposures and use of 
credit ratings. Using several banks to hold 
both clients’ and the firm’s money, with 
levels being constantly reviewed.
Against a continuing difficult economic 
and geo-political environment, resulting 
in reduced investor confidence, trading 
activity and connected client exposures 
were lower in the period. These exposures 
alongside those relating to other 
counterparties remained well monitored 
and managed throughout the period.
Conduct risk
Customer 
outcomes
Risk appetite 
Low/Medium
Status 
Increased
The risk that clients or the wider 
market suffer detriment as a result of 
inappropriate behaviour or actions by staff 
or business partners. This risk can arise 
when representatives of the Group are not 
given sufficient training or awareness of 
the highest standards of behaviour central 
to the services of the Group, those being 
honesty, integrity and fairness.
Clear and balanced financial promotions, 
suitable investment advice and complaints 
management. Board and management 
oversight, development of staff and 
training, strong corporate governance with 
defined roles, ensuring the tone from the 
top sets a fair, positive and ethical culture.
The Group delivered on the key 
requirements of the Consumer Duty 
regulation for the 31st July 2023 
implementation deadline.
The first annual assessment (Consumer 
Duty Board Report) of whether good 
customer outcomes are being achieved  
is nearing completion, ahead of the  
31st July 2024 industry-wide completion 
deadline. 
In the period, the Group’s internal auditors 
conducted reviews on the Walker Crips 
Investment Management’s (WCIM) 
Suitability and Culture & Conduct 
frameworks. Findings from these reviews 
are being addressed, and will continue to 
be addressed in the next period, alongside 
any recommendations that arise from a 
separate review on the customer journey 
by one of the firm’s external assurance 
partners.
To better support it’s customers under 
the Duty, the Group has upgraded its 
Walker Crips Client Portal mobile app and 
enhanced the Group website, during the 
period. For the latter initiative, the Group 
was awarded the prestigious  
“Clear English Standard” mark by the Plain 
Language Commission. This is a significant 
achievement that underscores our 
commitment to clarity and accessibility in 
all our communications. 
Regulatory risk
Risk appetite 
Zero/Low
Status 
Increased
The risk of failure to comply with new or 
amended regulations incurring fines and 
causing reputational detriment. Failure by 
Management to recognise the scope and 
impact of new or amended regulations on 
the business model and resources needed 
to implement change.
Board oversight, development of staff 
and training, strong corporate governance 
with defined roles, recovery plan, 
monitoring the Group’s performance 
relative to competitors, compliance 
monitoring programme, regulatory 
development oversight, documented 
policy and procedures and regular contact 
with regulators. Peer comparison and 
communication, increased compliance 
personnel and early gap analyses 
conducted.
The regulatory risk landscape remains 
dynamic and highly challenging, with the 
resource required to remain compliant ever 
increasing.
During the period the Group has invested 
significant financial resources on support 
from external consultants in support of its 
continued embedding of Consumer Duty 
regulation and remediating areas where 
gaps have been identified such as the 
control frameworks for the safeguarding 
of Client Money and Assets and its 
broader Compliance framework.
An extensive review, led and directed by 
the Chairman and supported by external 
advisers will define a target future state 
for risk and compliance, with significant 
change targeted for completion by the 
end of the next period.
Principal risks and uncertainties continued 
24 
Strategic report 
 Annual Report and Accounts 2024 – Walker Crips Group plc 

Risk
How it arises
Mitigation
Status
Liquidity risk
Risk appetite 
Zero/Low
Status 
Increased
The risk that the Group is unable to meet 
its payment obligations associated with 
its financial liabilities as they fall due. 
This risk can arise in the stockbroking 
business, where large amounts of trade 
values are being settled daily and can lead 
to a funding requirement due to a delay 
in market delivery or late settlement by 
clients.
Maintenance of surplus liquid resources 
cash flow forecasting, experienced 
management team monitoring settlement 
performance and liquid financial trading 
book that can be realised. Group entities 
settle intercompany balances regularly 
and are not reliant on intra-group funding.
Late settlement by clients remains the 
primary source of liquidity risk for the 
Group.
During the period there were a small 
number of outside of appetite incidents 
where this risk crystallised and accordingly 
processes were reviewed and additional 
controls implemented.
The Group’s liquidity position remained 
sound with balances having increased 
year on year to 31 March 2024 by 6%, 
and budgetary projections forecasting 
cash balances at a similar level at the next 
financial year end.
Market risk
Risk appetite 
Low/Medium
Status 
Unchanged
The risk of losses arising as a result of 
exposure to market movements in the 
price of securities, foreign exchange and 
interest rates. This risk can arise when the 
Group’s trading book positions incur losses 
on negative price movement.
Trading book positions are tightly 
controlled by centrally imposed trading 
limits and are regularly monitored.
Proprietary trading book activity in relation 
to the Group’s structured investments 
division, and the Arbitrage trading desk, 
was lower than in the previous period. 
Both remained well managed, monitored 
and within risk tolerances, which were 
unchanged in the period.
Walker Crips Group plc – Annual Report and Accounts 2024 
25

Risk
How it arises
Mitigation
Status
Business model risk
Risk appetite 
Medium/High
Status 
Heightened
The Group’s business is concentrated in 
the provision of investment management, 
financial planning and stockbroking to its 
clients. The Group accepts and manages 
the market, liquidity, credit, operational, 
reputational and regulatory risks of 
participating in this business as explained 
in other sections of this risk matrix. The 
scale and concentration of the business 
model does however expose the Group to 
economic cycles as follows:
The Group’s management fee revenues 
are highly correlated to the value of 
AUMA, which can be impacted by market 
levels and client attrition.
The Group’s commission income is driven 
by customer trading volumes which can be 
negatively impacted in times of consumer 
uncertainty and weakened confidence.
The Group’s revenues from managing 
clients’ trading cash balances are 
correlated with the amounts of cash held 
and interest rate levels.
A material proportion of the Group’s 
client base is through arrangements with 
self-employed investment managers, who 
may decide to move to competitors and 
influence their clients to move with them, 
leading to client attrition. 
Salaries and revenue share arrangements 
comprise a significant part of the cost 
base. A tight employment market, such as 
that presently persisting in the financial 
services market, applies significant upward 
pressures on costs, particularly in a higher 
inflationary environment.
The Group’s business, although 
concentrated in financial services, has 
multiple sources of income that in part 
complement each other. For example, in 
the last financial year market conditions 
have favoured our continuing revenue 
streams arising from managing client 
trading cash balances at a time when the 
same market conditions have negatively 
impacted management fees, trading 
commissions and fees from our structured 
products business. Also, a large part of the 
Group’s Portfolio management fees are 
accrued on a daily basis which dampens 
the immediate downward impact on 
management fee income in declining/
volatile markets.
The Group is solely equity financed and 
seeks to maintain capital prudently 
more than economic and regulatory 
prudential requirements. This provides 
a buffer to absorb periods of weak 
financial performance through market 
cycles. Economic and regulatory capital 
requirements and headroom are regularly 
monitored based on actual performance 
and business projections.
Regulatory capital requirements and 
capital adequacy are also reviewed 
through the Internal Capital and Risk 
Assessment (ICARA) Process and related 
stress testing. New business initiatives 
are examined and stress tested prior to 
implementation. Surplus cash balances 
are also maintained, and liquidity 
requirements carefully monitored.
Executive Management remains focused 
on new business initiatives and cost 
management.
The Group has improved its regulatory 
capital surplus over the year with the 
positive contributions from reported 
profits generated in the year, and a 
reduction in the capital deduction in 
relation to intangible assets, partially 
offset by the capital reduction resulting 
from dividend distributions.
However, the Group’s underlying financial 
performance has deteriorated, against the 
prior period, with the cost of continued 
investment in the regulatory control 
framework and lower trading commissions 
and management fees, not being fully 
offset by higher interest income on 
managing customer deposits and the 
firm’s own money, as explained in the 
Finance Director’s review.
During the period a detailed review was 
conducted on the Group’s retention of 
interest revenue from managing client 
trading cash balances, supported by 
external advisers. The Group will continue 
to monitor its arrangements in this area to 
ensure good customer outcomes are being 
achieved, striking the appropriate balance 
between business sustainability, interest 
rates paid to clients and maintaining 
competitive core fees.
The Group remains focused on the need 
to grow its core investment and wealth 
planning businesses, continuing to 
sharpen and broaden its product offering, 
whilst exploring synergies and improving 
collaboration between various divisions 
and subsidiaries.
Budgetary projections for the year ended 
31 March 2025 forecast the continued 
positive, but significantly reduced impact, 
of contribution to earnings from, and 
reliance upon, the higher interest rate 
environment and related revenues for 
managing clients’ trading cash balances. 
Key interest rate and inflation assumptions 
are set out in the going concern and 
viability disclosures (see pages 42 and 74).
Principal risks and uncertainties continued
26 
Strategic report 
 Annual Report and Accounts 2024 – Walker Crips Group plc 

Risk
How it arises
Mitigation
Status
Operational risk
Business 
disruption
Risk appetite 
Medium
Status 
Unchanged
The risk that an internal or external 
event (e.g., Covid-19) causes failure of 
core business activities or IT systems 
supporting them. This risk can arise if we 
fail to effectively control or administer 
the operating systems at the root of 
operations, fail to manage resource 
requirements properly, maintain 
inadequate security arrangements, or fail 
to operate effective business recovery 
plans.
Business and information system 
recovery plans are approved, tested and 
maintained. Data incident log records 
and analyses all unforeseen events to 
prevent recurrence or mitigate impact 
by increasing operational resilience. 
Insurance cover in place for certain 
causations (e.g., financial crime and 
consequential loss).
The Group continued to invest in initiatives 
to enhance our operational resilience 
during the period. Key activities included 
review of our core investment platform, 
enhancement of recovery planning via the 
ICARA process, more in depth testing of 
certain technological aspects of disaster 
recovery planning and implementation of 
enhanced outsourcing\supplier policies 
and procedures. Improvements in our 
operational control environment to allow 
us to deliver critical business services to 
customers efficiently and effectively, will 
continue to be a strategic imperative.
Cyber security
Risk appetite 
Zero/Low
Status 
Unchanged
The risk of fraudulent action by internal or 
external parties maliciously breaching or 
misusing the Group’s internal systems. This 
risk can arise from failure to implement 
sufficient controls over security access to 
all IT systems, failure to provide effective 
training, and failure to maintain effective 
controls.
Senior Management oversight, in depth 
cyber security training programme, 
policies and procedures (including working 
from home policies), encryption and 
protection software installed, prevention 
procedures, segregation of duties between 
front and back office, system authority 
and payment limits and system access 
controls and heightened employee 
awareness based on experience to match 
the greater risk presented by recent 
threats reported in the sector. Insurance 
cover in place for certain causations (e.g., 
cyber crime, data losses).
Risks in the cyber threat environment 
continue to evolve, driven by technological 
advances and volatility in the geo-political 
and economic backdrop. We continue 
to make the requisite investments in 
our control environment to ensure our 
infrastructure remains well protected 
and our people educated and alert to the 
dangers we face.
Personnel
Risk appetite 
Zero/Low
Status 
Increased
The risk of losing key staff and self-
employed investment managers who are 
the drivers of significant components 
within the Group. This risk can arise 
from the failure to reward individuals 
with challenging performance targets, 
and competitive levels of financial 
compensation.
Succession and contingency planning 
and appropriate compensation levels 
to reward and retain staff. Investment 
in staff through training, key person 
insurance cover and contractual restrictive 
covenants.
The Group experienced a year-on-year 
increase in staff turnover as it continued 
to experience pressures from the dynamic 
financial services employment market.
This was accompanied by a marked 
decline in the Employee Net Promoter 
Score (ENPS).
 Additionally, an internal review 
identified a number of personnel-related 
shortcomings including constraints 
on senior executive bandwidth, 
lack of succession planning, and an 
underdeveloped people and culture risk 
monitoring framework.
In response to these challenges, a number 
of senior hires have been made, with 
plans for further hires in progress. The 
above self-identified people risks will be 
addressed over the next year as part of a 
broader and comprehensive enhancement 
plan in relation to the Group’s Culture and 
Conduct framework.
During the period, the Group continued 
to upgrade its people management 
capabilities, implementing an enhanced 
appraisal process and rolling out a 
number of DE&I initiatives which received 
industry recognition, with the Group being 
shortlisted for multiple awards from a 
trade body and a global financial services 
media publication.
Walker Crips Group plc – Annual Report and Accounts 2024 
27

Section 172(1) Statement
year ended 31 March 2024
Introduction
The following statement describes how the 
Directors have discharged their duties under 
Section 172(1) of the Companies Act 2006 to 
promote the success of the Company for the 
benefit of its members as a whole, having regard 
to the matters set out in that section (amongst 
others).
Our stakeholders
The Directors consider the Company’s and 
Group’s key stakeholder groups to be: 
Our investors
Our private, professional and institutional 
shareholders who rely on us to protect and 
manage their investment in the Company and 
generate value for them; 
Our workforce
Our directly employed staff and our network of 
self-employed associates;
Our clients
Those private and professional clients who 
have entrusted us with providing financial 
planning advice, managing and safeguarding 
their investments, and undertaking transaction 
execution services or them; 
Our suppliers
The providers of goods and services on which our 
business relies;
Our regulators
The bodies which authorise and regulate our 
activities; and
Our communities and the environment
The local communities in which we operate, the 
wider public and the environment at large. The 
arrangements through which the Board has 
regard for the likely long-term consequences of 
any decision taken, the interests of those take 
holder groups in its decision-making and the 
need to foster good relations with them are set 
out in the paragraphs below.
The likely consequences of any 
decision in the long term
Notwithstanding the short-term imperatives 
brought about by a rapidly changing economic 
and political environment, the Board has 
always been careful to consider the long-term 
implications for the business and its stakeholders 
of any proposed course of action, whether 
tactical or strategic. All such proposed courses of 
action are assessed to ensure they are compliant 
with the law and regulations, Group risk 
appetite and the objective of delivering positive 
shareholder value. All strategic decision-making is 
supported by consideration of relevant financial 
and non-financial analysis and forecasting.
Our shareholders
The Directors recognise and fully accept their 
primary duty to act in a way they consider, in 
good faith, would be most likely to promote the 
success of the Company for the benefit of our 
shareholders, individually and collectively. The 
Company has only one class of shares which 
means that all shareholders have the same 
rights. Furthermore, to ensure that shareholders 
are treated in a consistent and equally fair 
manner, the Board does not take any decisions or 
actions, such as selectively disclosing confidential 
or inside information, that would provide any 
shareholder or group of shareholders with an 
unfair advantage or position compared to the 
shareholders as a whole.
The means by which the Board and individual 
Directors engage with shareholders are set out 
on page 38 of the Report by the Directors on 
corporate governance matters.
The interests of our shareholders were considered 
as part of the Board’s decision-making throughout 
the year, including its approval of final and interim 
dividends, whilst being mindful of the need to 
preserve cash holdings to satisfy regulatory capital 
requirements and to maintain the strength of the 
Group’s balance sheet. Such considerations have 
again been applied to the subsequent decision 
to recommend payment of a final dividend for 
approval at the 2024 AGM, as set out in the 
Chairman’s statement on pages 4 to 5.
The Group’s workforce
The Board recognises that, as a services 
business, our workforce is our greatest asset. 
Consequently, our recruitment, development 
and remuneration structures are designed to 
support our culture and our people and to reward 
good conduct and performance at individual 
and business levels. Our workforce comprises 
both directly employed staff and self-employed 
investment managers, all of whom are engaged 
at operating company level. Accordingly, 
day-to-day engagement with the workforce 
is through the Executive Management and 
HR functions, which report to the operational 
boards and to the Audit Committee on a regular 
basis. Further information on the ways in which 
two-way communication with the workforce has 
continued to be developed in the year can be 
found on pages 10 to 13.
As described in more detail there, the culture 
of engagement being embedded across the 
Group involves regular staff satisfaction surveys, 
emphasising equality and celebrating cultural 
and religious diversity, prioritising the health, 
safety and wellbeing of all staff. An essential 
element of effective engagement has been 
the enhancement of our staff annual appraisal 
system to ensure consistency in identifying and 
implementing skill development programmes 
and measuring performance as well as receiving 
feedback and addressing two-way concerns. 
Appraisals are conducted in such a way that they 
are of equal benefit to both the individual and 
to management in providing an environment 
in which our workforce can thrive. In addition, 
the review and assessment of the competencies 
of certified individuals in accordance with 
the FCA’s Senior Managers and Certification 
Regime (SM&CR), to determine their fitness 
and propriety and their conduct continues to be 
applied rigorously and is now an intrinsic part of 
our adoption of the FCA’s Consumer Duty rules 
aimed at ensuring good outcomes for our clients.
In addition to encouraging staff to raise with 
their line managers any concerns they may 
have, we seek to ensure the effectiveness of 
our whistleblowing arrangements and that all 
staff are conversant with our whistleblowing 
procedures, which are aimed at promoting good 
behaviours and adherence to regulations and 
procedures, the fair treatment of all stakeholders 
and health and safety at work.
A positive and proactive approach is taken to 
staff development by supporting and sponsoring 
staff to continue their professional studies 
and secure business-related qualifications 
to enhance their on-the-job capabilities and 
personal career development. We individualise 
training for our workforce, have established 
relationships with learning providers, have better 
utilised the apprenticeship levy and opened 
more opportunities for apprentices. We also 
have a graduate programme and a learning 
management system to track and upskill our 
workforce.
With our employees at the forefront of our 
organisation, our goal is to be an employer of 
choice within the industry, where individuals are 
supported and given the best opportunity to 
succeed within their roles. We continue to place 
great emphasis on wellbeing and, as hybrid 
working patterns are now the norm for the large 
part of our workforce, their health, safety and 
wellbeing has remained a primary concern for 
Management. Details of the ways in which we 
support our staff are also provided on pages  
10 to 13.
Information on our approach to staff rewards 
can be found in the Remuneration Report on 
page 53.
Clients
Our mission, throughout the Group, is to make 
investments rewarding for our clients. Our 
investment professionals undergo continuous 
professional development to remain fit and 
proper to service and advise our clients to the 
highest standards. We are committed to ensuring 
that our clients receive good outcomes, and our 
business model and strategy align with the FCA’s 
Consumer Duty standard.
28 
Strategic report 
 Annual Report and Accounts 2024 – Walker Crips Group plc 

In the past year, we have reviewed and updated 
all our client-facing documentation to comply 
with the Duty’s customer understanding 
outcome. All client communications are reviewed 
with a “Consumer Duty lens”, considering tone 
and language to ensure plain English usage and 
accuracy. Our Group website has been audited 
by the Plain Language Commission and awarded 
the “Clear English Standard” mark, denoting 
clarity and ease of use.
We have initiated ‘client life cycle’ surveys, 
triggered at specific milestones in the customer 
journey. The feedback received via these 
surveys is monitored and acted upon to ensure 
we provide our clients with the best possible 
service. Our Vulnerable Client Subcommittee 
has developed an infrastructure to assist our 
client-facing staff to identify and provide 
additional support to vulnerable customers, 
whether their vulnerable status be temporary 
or permanent, due to a physical impairment, 
a specific life event (e.g., a bereavement or a 
change in circumstances), or factors relating to 
their resilience or mental capability. Additionally, 
our customer services team has been expanded 
in scope and headcount to form a dedicated 
Customer Support department within Walker 
Crips Investment Management Limited 
(“WCIM”).
In the last year, we launched two new microsites 
for our Financial Planning and Pensions divisions. 
These sites provide streamlined navigation and 
offer intuitive and informative platforms to 
support existing and prospective clients alike. 
As part of our ongoing commitment to “simplify 
and digitise,” we continue to enhance our Client 
Portal. We are currently developing additional 
security features for our mobile app, including 
biometric login functionality.
Our online client onboarding platform now 
accommodates Individual Savings Account 
(“ISA”) applications as well as those made by 
joint or multiple applicants. Our development 
team is working on further enhancements to 
enable online onboarding for other entities, such 
as trusts, companies, and charities, as well as 
indirect customers introduced to us on an “agent 
as customer” basis via third parties.
We remain acutely aware of the increased 
volume and sophistication of those engaging 
in financial crime. We highlight any attempts 
to clone or impersonate the Walker Crips brand 
to our client base and take steps to ensure 
that our vigilance and the robustness of our 
systems against any form of malicious attack are 
maintained at the highest level to protect our 
clients and their assets.
The security of our clients’ money and 
investment assets is of the utmost importance to 
us, and we strictly adhere to the FCA’s associated 
rules. We ensure that client money and assets 
are kept distinct from the Group’s own holdings, 
placing client funds exclusively with approved 
banks. Client assets, when registered under one 
of our nominee companies, are held in trust and 
remain separate from the Group’s ownership. 
Our compliance function diligently monitors 
and reports on various conduct aspects to the 
Executive Management Committee and Board to 
ensure good outcomes for our clients.
Suppliers
The suppliers of support services and goods to 
our business operations are another key element 
in our ability to deliver value to our shareholders 
and clients. We therefore seek to balance the 
benefits of maintaining strong relationships 
with key suppliers, with the need to obtain the 
best value for money and the service levels we 
reasonably demand. Our dealings with suppliers 
are characterised by fairness, transparency 
and the desire to develop a mutually beneficial 
relationship and are subject to high standards of 
due diligence in their selection.
Despite the continued pressures on cash flow,  
we have not sought to extend our credit terms 
and, as disclosed in note 25 to the accounts on 
page 96, the Group took an average of 9 days to 
settle supplier invoices in the year, down from  
11 days in the previous year, which demonstrates 
our fair payment practices. 
However, as part of our cost control measures 
during the year, we have renegotiated a number 
of supplier contracts to ensure we are getting the 
best value for money for our investors. 
Although the healthy state of the Group’s cash 
holdings maintained during the year has meant 
that we have had no need for structural debt 
finance, we nevertheless see the providers of 
our day-to-day banking arrangements as key 
service suppliers. Accordingly, the Group Finance 
Director, the Head of Group Risk and the Group’s 
Treasury and Payments team are responsible for 
managing the relationships with our banks and 
for the Group’s liquidity management activities.
HSBC is the Group’s primary banker and provides 
a range of transactional banking, treasury 
and other services. In addition, HSBC provides 
WCIM with an intra-day CREST capital facility, 
as WCIM’s Crest Settlement bank, which WCIM 
relies on to facilitate efficient settlement of a 
large volume of investment transactions within 
the CREST securities transfer system. This 
intra-day line is capped at £12.5 million, but is 
raised from time to time, on agreement with 
HSBC, to facilitate larger transaction settlement 
primarily in relation to the Company’s structured 
investments business. 
We strive to maintain good relationships with the 
landlords of our office premises and have been 
successful in negotiating the best possible terms 
for the completion or renewal of our property 
leases. We simply do our best to be regarded as 
good tenants.
Regulators
The Group, containing a number of subsidiaries 
authorised and regulated by the Financial 
Conduct Authority (“FCA”), seeks to operate and 
interact with the FCA in an open, positive and 
cooperative manner at all times. Engagement 
with the FCA is primarily through the CEO, the 
Head of Group Compliance and the Head of 
Group Risk. These engagements are reported 
into the Board, the Audit Committee, relevant 
subsidiary boards, the Group Risk Management 
Committee and the Group Compliance 
Committee, to enable the Group to ensure that it 
is meeting FCA regulatory expectations, and to 
assist the regulator in meeting its own statutory 
regulatory objectives. 
Communities and environment
As shown on the inside front cover, the Group 
has offices in various locations in England, and 
in Scotland, and sees itself as a member of the 
local communities in which it operates. The 
conduct of the Group’s people, especially in 
relation to local supplier and client relationships, 
and their determination to be good, responsible 
and supportive neighbours, are prime ways in 
which local communities are impacted by our 
activities. Individual offices have participated in 
various local initiatives such as charitable events, 
sponsorship of local sports clubs and recycling 
drives.
As disclosed on page 7 of the CEO’s statement, 
and in more detail in the “Supporting our 
community” section on pages 20 to 21, we 
are active supporters of Twining Enterprise, a 
registered charity helping Londoners with mental 
health problems get work and stay in work, 
supporting employers and campaigning against 
mental health stigma. 
We are committed to minimising the impact 
of our activities on the environment and have 
implemented a range of policies, procedures 
and practices as set out on page 7 of the 
CEO’s statement. We have also considered 
more widely the impact of our activities on the 
environment as well as our approach to climate 
change, details of which can be found in our 
Environmental strategy report, which includes 
our disclosures under the TCFD framework, on 
pages 30 to 33. 
Reputation
The Board recognises the importance of 
maintaining a robust corporate governance 
framework and a reputation for high standards 
of business conduct, as is set out in the Directors’ 
report on corporate governance matters on 
pages 37 to 42.
 
 
 
Walker Crips Group plc – Annual Report and Accounts 2024 
29

The Board remains dedicated to 
addressing the critical challenges 
of environmental sustainability, 
recognising the compelling 
evidence of rapidly rising global 
temperatures and the resulting 
increase in extreme weather events. 
The scientific community, led by the 
Intergovernmental Panel on Climate 
Change (“IPCC”), underscores the 
urgency of limiting global warming 
to 1.5°C above pre-industrial levels.
As a responsible organisation, we acknowledge 
our fiduciary duty to protect the planet and the 
interests of future generations. We believe that 
achieving meaningful progress requires collective 
action and cooperation across all sectors of the 
global economy. Walker Crips is steadfast in its 
commitment to facilitating the transition to a 
net-zero economy.
Our environmental strategy is centred on aligning 
with the objectives of the Paris Agreement, which 
aims to keep global warming well below 2°C, 
with efforts to limit it to 1.5°C. In pursuit of this 
goal, we reaffirm our target to achieve net-zero 
emissions by 2050, or sooner, as set in previous 
financial years.
What is TCFD?
In response to the increasing demand from 
investors, banks, and other stakeholders for 
transparent and consistent climate-related 
financial disclosures, the Financial Stability 
Board established the Task Force on Climate-
related Financial Disclosures (“TCFD”) in 2015. 
Recognising the significance of this framework, 
the Board remains committed to implementing 
the TCFD recommendations, viewing them as 
essential for identifying and communicating 
climate-related risks and opportunities within our 
operations.
The TCFD framework is built around four key 
pillars: governance, strategy, risk management 
and metrics and targets. These components 
provide a robust structure that allows us to 
assess and disclose climate-related issues. The 
TCFD’s recommended disclosures enhance these 
elements by offering detailed guidance on the 
specific information that organisations should 
report, thereby helping stakeholders to better 
understand and evaluate climate-related risks 
and opportunities.
For more information about the Financial 
Stability Board and the Task Force on  
Climate-related Financial Disclosures, please  
visit the official TCFD website at  
https://www.fsb-tcfd.org/.
Walker Crips and TCFD
This marks our third report detailing the 
Group’s progress in implementing the TCFD 
recommendations, in compliance with Listing 
Rule 9.8.6R, which became mandatory for 
premium listed companies for financial periods 
starting on or after 1 January 2021.
The following disclosures present an overview 
of the Group’s continuous efforts to incorporate 
climate risk and opportunity identification and 
management into our core business strategy. As 
this field evolves swiftly, we anticipate ongoing 
advancements in the methodologies and tools 
available, which will further refine our assessment 
processes.
Governance
The Group acknowledges the significance of 
climate-related activities and has established 
an efficient governance framework to manage 
them effectively. This framework ensures rapid 
escalation and resolution of any arising issues, 
allowing the senior management team to 
respond swiftly and decisively.
Board of Directors
The Board is responsible for setting the Group’s 
climate-related goals and targets and agreeing 
the strategy to achieve them, delegating 
oversight of climate-related activities to the 
Audit Committee. The Committee’s remit 
includes:
	
 reviewing risks and opportunities facing the 
Group in relation to climate-change.
	
 considering the materiality of climate-related 
risk and its financial implications.
	
 monitoring adherence to externally applicable 
sustainability codes and principles.
Environmental strategy (including TCFD)
Governance
Strategy
Risk management
Metrics and targets
30 
Strategic report 
 Annual Report and Accounts 2024 – Walker Crips Group plc 

Role of management
The Group’s senior management team is 
responsible for the day-to-day management of 
climate-related risks and opportunities facing 
the business. At the end of the 2023/24 financial 
year, a third annual Carbon Footprint Report was 
produced which analysed and calculated the 
Group’s carbon footprint across all its UK offices.
The Group’s net-zero target can only be achieved 
by significant reductions in direct (i.e., Scope 1 
& 2) and indirect (i.e., Scope 3) carbon emissions 
and requires both Group-wide commitment and 
senior leadership.
Strategy
Carbon reduction
The Group continues to develop a sustainability 
strategy and approach that is both in line with 
wider market trends and reflects the interests and 
concerns of stakeholders. 
Data disclosed in this report relates to the 
2023/24 financial reporting period, as well as the 
four previous years, starting with our baseline year 
of 2019/20.
We have calculated our emissions using the total 
floor area and headcount for each of our offices 
to best represent the scale of the business, as 
most of the Group’s energy usage stems from the 
buildings from which we operate.
Methodology
Where reasonable and practicable, verifiable 
information such as meter readings, invoices and 
staff expenses have been used. Where verifiable 
data was not available, estimates based on data 
from previous comparable time periods have 
been used.
The footprint calculation measures the seven 
greenhouse gases identified in the Greenhouse 
Gas Protocol and uses the appropriate year’s 
DEFRA/DBEIS emissions factors. These emissions 
are aggregated and reported as tonnes of 
CO2 equivalent (tCO2e). This method provides 
accurate verifiable data that is both SBTi 
(Science Based Targets Initiative) and SECR 
(Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting) 
compliant. Carbon footprints are reported 
using location-based data which uses a grid 
average carbon emission factor for electricity 
consumption, as 100% of the Group’s activities 
occur within the United Kingdom.
The footprint includes carbon associated with 
Scope 1 (direct), Scope 2 (indirect – purchased 
electricity and heat) and Scope 3 (indirect from 
supply chain) emission sources.
Variations in data collection  
and measurement
Having expanded on the Group’s Scope 3 
reporting for the 2023/24 financial year, we have 
updated our reporting format to better align with 
the mandatory Scope 1 and 2, and voluntary 
Scope 3 requirements for SECR reporting.
Full carbon accounting requires a significant 
amount of data collection, especially the data 
associated with Scope 3 carbon emissions – i.e., 
those which are related to indirect emissions from 
the organisation such as paper, waste/recycling 
and couriers. The data collection method is 
improving year-on-year and is becoming a lot 
more accurate. 
We have also seen an increase in staff returning 
to the office on a more hybrid basis following 
the Covid-19 pandemic. This has resulted in an 
increase in staff commuting, business travel and 
hotel stays, which partly explains the variations 
and, in some offices, increases in carbon emissions 
identified.
In previous years, we have not included courier 
emissions in our carbon footprint. Based on  
the 2023/24 courier mileage, we have added  
23.799 tCO2e to our overall carbon footprint.
Carbon reduction activities
	
 We are installing energy efficient lighting 
and interior motion sensors throughout the 
Group’s offices where appropriate.
	
 Replacing end-of-life appliances with energy-
efficient replacements.
	
 Working with our building landlords to 
ensure, where possible, electricity and gas 
consumption is directly from renewables.
	
 Liaised with building landlords to ensure that 
cooling/heating systems do not operate 
unnecessarily outside of business hours.
	
 Considering solar temperature control 
measures, such as the application of reflective 
coating to office windows.
Education and changing  
workplace habits
When it comes to workplace energy expenditure, 
we believe the day-to-day habits of our people 
are more influential than any design change. 
Therefore, we are also addressing the following:
	
 The CSR Action Group plays a key role in 
employee engagement, encouraging a 
“reduce/reuse/recycle” approach wherever 
possible.
	
 We are reviewing our processes around 
the use of appliances and switching off 
equipment at the end of a working day.
	
 Our “Think before you print” initiative 
encourages the use of electronic signing and 
file storage, minimising the necessity to print.
	
 The temperature in our server rooms has 
been adjusted to allow a reduction in energy 
consumption, without compromising the 
functionality of our hardware.
	
 We are improving our recycling processes 
across the Company.
Risk management
The Audit Committee, under delegated authority 
from the Board, is responsible for overseeing the 
effectiveness of our risk management process, 
including identification of the principal and 
emerging risks.
We have considered the transitional and physical 
risks and opportunities presented by rising 
temperatures, climate-related policy, and emerging 
technologies. For the purposes of our assessment, 
the time horizons we have used are as follows:
	
 short term: 0-5 years
	
 medium term: around 10 years
	
 long term: 20+ years
When identifying climate-related risks, we consider 
both the risk posed to the Group and that posed to 
the climate by our operational activities. We also 
consider the potential impact of climate-related 
risks on our clients and how these risks could impact 
our ability to deliver good customer outcomes.
Walker Crips Group plc – Annual Report and Accounts 2024 
31

Environmental strategy (including TCFD) 
continued
Climate-related risks
Type of risk
Risk
Potential impact
Management response
Transitional –  
Policy and legal
Adherence with additional legal 
and/or regulatory requirements in 
response to the climate crisis.
Time period:
Short/medium term
Increased operating costs (e.g., 
higher compliance overheads).
We take our legal and regulatory 
obligations seriously and comply 
with all applicable climate-related 
requirements. Our Audit Committee 
monitors emerging applicable 
sustainability codes and principles 
within our operating jurisdiction.
Transitional – Market
A transition to a lower-carbon 
economy could lead to investment 
performance risk within our 
discretionary managed services, 
potentially impacting client returns.
Time period:
Short/medium term
Reduced revenue because of 
diminished assets values and 
reduced demand for service.
In line with increasing client 
expectations, we continue to 
integrate ESG factors, including the 
consideration of climate-related 
risks, into our investment decision-
making processes.
Transitional – Reputation
Perceived inadequate response by 
the Group to environmental/climate-
related concerns by clients and other 
stakeholders.
Time period:
Short/medium/long term
Could result in existing/prospective 
clients choosing to take their 
business elsewhere, impacting on 
revenues.
Our carbon net-zero strategy is 
integral to our overall business 
strategy.
Physical – Acute/Chronic
Increased severity of extreme 
weather events such as storms, 
as well as chronic changes such 
as rising sea levels and mean 
temperatures.
Time period:
Medium/long term
Disruption to business operations 
and/or increased expenses.
Consideration of the Group’s 
exposure to physical climate-related 
risks is included as part of our 
business continuity procedures.
Climate-related opportunities
Opportunity
Potential impact
Management response
Opportunity to exploit changing client 
preferences by developing an offering of low-
emission products – such as ESG model portfolios.
Time period:
Short/medium/long term
Enhanced reputation and increased revenues.
We are working to embed the consideration 
of ESG factors, including climate-related 
opportunities, into our investment product range.
We are updating our client profiling process 
to include further questions around ESG 
preferences.
32 
Strategic report 
 Annual Report and Accounts 2024 – Walker Crips Group plc 

Metrics and targets
Walker Crips Group Carbon Footprint
We measure our Scope 1 and 2 emissions in line with the GHG Reporting Protocol. Our Scope 3 emissions do not consider investments the Group makes on 
behalf of its clients.
2019/20 (tCO2e) 
Baseline year
2022/23 (tCO2e)
2023/24 (tCO2e)
Scope 1
Refrigerants
0.02
0.01
0.1
Scope 2
Purchased electricity
114.83
65.51
66.47
Purchased heat
50.78
36.73
56.92
Scope 3
Material use
12.94
7.24
9.02
Business travel – flights
2.60
0.88
7.15
Business travel – road
6.50
40.31
40.76
Business travel – rail
2.97
6.07
3.97
Employee commute (Road/rail)
274.16
91.96
47.17
Employee WFH (Total equipment, lighting & heating consumption 
per year (kWh))
0.46
44.75
74.77
Hotel stay
0.78
3.77
5.71
Couriers
–
–
23.80
Waste Disposal and recycling
0.01
-1.56
-1.46
Water Supply & treatment
8.37
0.46
0.85
TOTAL (tCO2e)
474.42
296.13
335.14
All offices
2019/20
2020/21
2021/22
2022/23
2023/24
Total Carbon tCO2e
474.42
289.02
281.99
296.13
335.14
Carbon per FTE
1.97
1.20
1.17
1.23
1.35
Carbon per m2
0.21
0.13
0.12
0.13
0.18
The primary reason for an increase in emissions this financial year can be attributed to the inclusion of courier information for the first time, along with an 
increase in business flights from the very low levels of the Covid-19 pandemic period. Despite the 13.17% year-on-year increase in emissions in 2023/24, we 
remain on course to reach our targets as set out below, having achieved a 29.36% reduction in annual carbon emissions from our pre-Covid baseline year of 
2019/20. 
Target
In line with best practices, the Group remains committed to achieving a net-zero target by 2050, aiming for a 90% reduction in carbon emissions compared 
to our 2019/20 baseline. We have set an interim goal of a 50% reduction by 2030. This target aligns with the Global Goal of a 45% reduction in global 
emissions by 2030, as recommended by the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (“IPCC”). By adopting this interim target, the Group is supporting 
the Paris Agreement (established in 2015 at COP21) and its objective of limiting global temperature rise to 1.5°C or below.
2019/20
2020/21
2021/22
2022/23
2023/24
2024/25
2025/26
2026/27
2027/28
2028/29
2029/30
0
100
200
300
400
500
Total Carbon tCO2e and Target 50% reduction by 2030 (all offices)
Total Carbon tCO2e
Target 50% reduction by 2030
Walker Crips Group plc – Annual Report and Accounts 2024 
33

Sean Lam 
FCPA (Aust.), Chartered FCSI
Group Chief Executive Officer
Sean Lam is a passionate technologist  
and innovator, and has made it his quest to 
“engineer out complexities”. He was appointed 
Group Chief Executive Officer in September 2017.
His tenure with Walker Crips began as 
Development Director in 1999 with overall 
responsibility for systems development and 
technology, Chief Operating Officer and 
Chief Technology Officer in 2004, and Group 
Managing Director in 2007. He commenced his 
career with Phillip Securities in Singapore in 1992 
and was the Head of Internal Audit, and then 
Head of Operations in 1995.
Sean graduated in 1991 with a Bachelor of 
Commerce from the University of Western 
Australia majoring in accounting and finance 
and attained his professional qualification as a 
CPA in 1995. Sean is a Fellow of CPA Australia, 
was a member of its European Council from  
2010 to 2015, and President of its European 
Region in 2012 and again in 2013. He is a 
Chartered Fellow of the Chartered Institute  
for Securities & Investment.
Sean is also founder and Chief Executive Officer 
of EnOC Technologies, Walker Crips’ fintech SaaS 
company providing regtech to the industry, with 
the aim of helping smaller companies close the 
technology gap.
Sanath Dandeniya  
FCCA
Group Finance Director
Sanath Dandeniya was appointed Group 
Finance Director in September 2019. 
Sanath, an ACCA qualified accountant, has 
over 20 years’ experience in the financial 
services sector. He joined the Group in 2016 
as Group Financial Controller, promoted to 
Finance Director of Walker Crips Investment 
Management in November 2018, and then 
appointed to the Group Board in 2019 as Group 
Finance Director.
Sanath is also a proponent of technology 
and digital strategies and enjoys adopting 
appropriate technologies to drive efficiencies 
and to improve business effectiveness.
Martin Wright 
Chairman
Martin Wright was appointed to the Board in 
July 1996 as a Non-Executive Director and was 
appointed as Chairman in September 2020. He 
is Senior Counsel at Charles Russell Speechlys LLP 
(Solicitors), having retired as a partner there after 
being a partner in the firm for more than thirty 
years. Martin is a member of the Law Society. He 
is also a Non-Executive Director of a number of 
private companies.
Our Board of Directors brings a wealth of knowledge and 
experience to the strategic leadership of Walker Crips Group.
C  E  RI
 N  R
C  E  RI
Board of Directors
34 
Corporate governance 
 Annual Report and Accounts 2024 – Walker Crips Group plc 

David Gelber 
Non-Executive Director
David Gelber served as Non-Executive 
Independent Chairman of the Board of 
Walker Crips Group plc from January 2007 
until September 2020 when he stood down as 
Chairman but has remained a Non-Executive 
member of the Board.
He served as Group Chief Operating Officer of 
ICAP plc from 1994 to 2005 and previously held 
the position of Chief Operating Officer of HSBC 
Global Markets. Prior to joining HSBC he held 
senior trading positions at Citibank, Chemical 
Bank and JPMorgan. He currently serves as the 
Senior Independent Director of AA4+ PLC, a 
closed end aircraft leasing company, and DDCAP 
Ltd a leading arranger of Sharia compliant 
financial transactions.
His previous directorships include a 15-year stint 
at IPGL Ltd, an investment holding company 
with a wide range of investee companies, many 
of which he served on the board. He retired from 
IPGL on 31 May 2022.
Hua Min Lim 
Non-Executive Director
Hua Min Lim is the Executive Chairman of the 
PhillipCapital Group of Companies and was also 
appointed Chairman of IFS Capital Limited on 
20 May 2003. He began his career holding senior 
positions in the Stock Exchange of Singapore and 
the Securities Research Institute. He has served on 
a number of committees and sub-committees of 
the Stock Exchange of Singapore.
In 1997, he was appointed Chairman of the Stock 
Exchange of Singapore (“SES”) Review Committee, 
which is responsible for devising a conceptual 
framework to make Singapore’s capital markets 
more globalised, competitive and robust. For this 
service, he was awarded the Public Service Medal 
(“PBM”) in 1999 by the Singapore Government. 
In 2014, he was also awarded “IBF Distinguished 
Fellow” (Securities & Futures), the highest 
certification mark bestowed by The Institute of 
Banking and Finance on industry captains who 
are the epitome of professional stature, integrity 
and achievement. In 2018, he was named 
Businessman of the Year 2017 at the annual 
Singapore Business Awards, which is Singapore’s 
most prestigious business accolade. He served as 
a board member in the Inland Revenue Authority 
Singapore from 2004 to 2010.
Hua Min Lim holds a Bachelor of Science Degree 
(Honours) in Chemical Engineering from the 
University of Surrey and obtained a Master’s 
Degree in Operations Research and Management 
Studies from Imperial College, London University. 
Hua Min Lim joined the Walker Crips Group Board 
in March 1993.
Membership key
A 	 Audit Committee
C 	 Compliance Committee
E 	 Executive
N 	 Nomination Committee
R 	 Remuneration Committee
RI 	 Risk Management Committee
	
 Chair
A  N  R  
N  R  
Walker Crips Group plc – Annual Report and Accounts 2024 
35

Dear Shareholder
On behalf of the Board, I am pleased to introduce our Corporate Governance Report for this reporting period.
I feel there is no fitter way to start than to reiterate the theme expounded in my introduction to last year’s Corporate Governance Report that the Group’s 
governance structure is key to the formulation and implementation of a strategy for the development of the business and that I and my fellow Directors 
are determined that the Group’s governance is applied in a relevant, proportionate and meaningful way in line with our declared values.
We recognise that good corporate governance is the bedrock on which a well-run organisation is built. It is evident, both from our own experience and the 
emphasis placed on it by regulators, that effective and integrated governance structures are the essential element to delivering the right outcomes to our 
key stakeholders identified in our Section 172 Statement on pages 28 to 29.
In particular, the FCA’s Consumer Duty regime, which came into force at the end of July 2023, has brought into greater focus the need to ensure that  
our culture, behaviours and the way in which we deliver our services continue to prevent consumer harm and facilitate good consumer outcomes. 
To ensure that we meet the highest standards in the intensively competitive industry in which we operate, out Audit Committee has asked our internal 
auditors, Grant Thornton, to undertake thorough reviews of culture and conduct and the corporate governance arrangements throughout the Group and 
their findings and recommendations are being, and will be, taken onboard by the Board and Management in any instances where we are falling short. 
Suffice it to say that we will not be satisfied until we are sure that our governance is robust, fit for purpose and in line with best practice.
In this regard, it would be remiss of me not to expand upon the reference in my Chairman’s statement to Clive Bouch’s departure from the Board after 
the year end, with effect from 27 June 2024, and the temporary effect this has had on our compliance with certain provisions of the 2018 UK Corporate 
Governance Code (“the 2018 Code”). In addition to serving on the Board as a Non-Executive Director since 2017, Clive also held the appointments of 
Senior Independent Director and Chairman of the Board’s Audit and Remuneration Committees. His departure has therefore caused an imbalance in the 
Board’s composition. We expect to resolve the deficiency in the near future with the appointment of two new Independent Non-Executive Directors whose 
introduction will enable us to fully satisfy the Code’s provisions in relation to the independence and experience of the Committees’ Chair and members. 
In the interim, I am most grateful to David Gelber, who has served on the Board since 2007 and as my predecessor as Chairman, who has agreed to act 
as the Audit and Remuneration Committees’ Chairman until the new appointments are made. I and the rest of the Board are satisfied that these interim 
arrangements will not impact adversely on our governance standards and effectiveness.
Another area of focus for listed companies such as ours is that of meeting the gender and ethnic diversity targets set by the FCA’s Listing Rules. Whilst we 
have not yet reached those targets, as set out on page 39 in the following Report of the Directors on corporate governance matters, they are an important 
factor in our recruitment processes and the plans referenced will go a long way to addressing this. However, achieving full compliance with the targets will 
always be a challenge for a company of our size, reflected in the size of the Board.
Resources remain an issue for us, operating as we do in an employment market where skills and experience are in high demand, but we are determined 
to attract quality managers and staff by offering competitive packages and a workplace that encourages personal development and provides a positive 
environment in which to thrive. A big step towards filling the identified skills and bandwidth gaps has been the recent recruitment of a highly experienced 
Chief Risk and Compliance Officer and further strengthening of the senior management team will follow. Amongst other benefits, this will enable us to 
reduce the recent use of external consultants deployed as expedients.
Although the 2018 Code continues to apply to our Company this year, the Financial Reporting Council issued an updated Code on 22 January 2024,  
the majority of which comes into effect for accounting periods commencing on or after 1 January 2025 and therefore applies to the Group’s next  
financial year from 1 April 2025. However, the key changes which relate to the Board’s responsibilities for systems of risk management and internal control, 
including non-financial reporting controls, have been deferred for a further 12 months and the Board will be required to include in our Annual Reports from 
2027 onwards a declaration of the effectiveness of all material controls as at the balance sheet date. Notwithstanding their future application, our controls 
are already in the process of being enhanced and our preparation work for meeting the new reporting requirements is well underway. 
To conclude, I confirm that, in compliance with the 2018 Code (which provides that the Directors should be subject to annual re-election), all current 
members of the Board will be putting themselves forward for re-election at the forthcoming Annual General Meeting.
Martin Wright
Chairman
31 July 2024
Chairman’s introduction to  
corporate governance report
36 
Corporate governance 
 Annual Report and Accounts 2024 – Walker Crips Group plc 

Report by the Directors – 
on corporate governance matters
year ended 31 March 2024
This report, together with the Audit Committee and Remuneration reports on subsequent pages, explains how the Company has applied the principles  
of the 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code (“the Code”) to the governance of the Group’s affairs.
Compliance
In view of the size and nature of the business of the Company and its operating subsidiaries, the Board takes a proportionate approach in applying 
the Code’s provisions. In accordance with the “comply or explain” guidance, this report explains where the Company complies and where alternative 
arrangements are adopted. The principal areas of non-compliance with the Code’s provisions in the year were:
	
 the composition of the Board, with regard to the independence of its Non-Executive Directors, and the formal evaluation of the Board’s, its members’ 
and its Committees’ effectiveness; and
	
 the means by which the Board engages with the Group’s workforce
 each of which are addressed under the following relevant sections of this report.
Board leadership and Company purpose
Purpose, values, business model and strategy
The Group’s purpose, values, business model and strategy, their alignment with our culture, and how we seek to generate and preserve value over the long 
term, are set out on pages 8 and 9.
Strategy execution, threats to plan, business risks, emerging opportunities and progress made are addressed by:
	
 evaluating strategic proposals to ensure that they are aimed at enhancing the business model and generating value for shareholders;
	
 considering the views and priorities of stakeholders and the impact on strategy;
	
 identifying and reviewing existing and emerging threats to plan and business risks, and how these are being managed or mitigated, as described  
on pages 24 to 27;
	
 ensuring the Group’s resources and competencies are aligned with achievement of its strategic ambitions;
	
 reinforcing the Group’s values by adopting workforce policies and practices that are consistent therewith;
	
 promoting effective channels for the workforce to raise any concerns;
	
 implementing robust procedures to manage conflicts of interest;
	
 monitoring progress towards the delivery of the Group’s strategic initiatives; and
	
 undertaking half-yearly assessments of the Group’s prospects and viability and its ability to continue as a going concern, as detailed on pages 41 to 42 
and 74.
Particular attention was given during the year to reassessing the Group’s principal risks and the effects upon them and the business model of the  
impact of global conflicts, particularly those in Ukraine and the Middle East, on the global economy and capital markets, inflationary pressures and 
geopolitical factors.
Culture and workforce engagement
The Board recognises the importance of workforce engagement and ensuring that the culture throughout the Group is aligned with its purpose, values  
and strategy. This is addressed by the Executive Directors and at Board and Committee meetings through:
	
 Executives’ and the HR department’s regular engagement with the workforce as explained further on pages 10 to 13;
	
 regular discussion at Board meetings on culture and matters of concern to the workforce;
	
 promoting our speak up policies and reviewing the outcomes of whistleblowing reports and remedial actions;
	
 monitoring levels of absenteeism and workforce turnover;
	
 receiving reports on conduct, including compliance breaches and any instances of fraud, and considering non-financial behaviours when assessing 
individual and Group performance and reward; and
	
 periodic review and approval of all Group policies regarding conduct, health and safety, human resources and social responsibility, amongst others.
The Board has not adopted one of the three methods of workforce engagement set out in the Code as the Group has a relatively small number of 
employees with regular engagement through the Executive Directors and through our Group Head of HR, which the Board believes provides timely and 
relevant communication and awareness of key matters. Details of the methods used are also given in the “Our people and culture” section on pages 10 
to 13 and the Section 172 Statement on pages 28 to 29, as are the means by which the views and interests of the Group’s other key stakeholders are 
considered and taken into account in the Board’s decision-making.
Walker Crips Group plc – Annual Report and Accounts 2024 
37

Report by the Directors – 
on corporate governance matters continued
year ended 31 March 2024
Board leadership and Company purpose continued
Engagement with shareholders
The Board recognises the importance of regular, meaningful, transparent and effective communications with shareholders. This is principally achieved 
through:
	
 the Company’s Interim and Annual Reports and Accounts, which include a detailed review of the business and future developments and are publicly 
available on the Company’s website at walkercrips.co.uk;
	
 the Annual General Meeting to communicate with private and institutional investors. All Directors are available at General Meetings to answer 
questions and the proxy votes cast on each resolution proposed are disclosed at those meetings. The Chairman actively encourages and welcomes  
all shareholders’ participation in the AGM;
	
 the Chairman and Chief Executive being in regular contact with your Group’s major shareholders, the Lim family, with important factors arising from 
these discussions promptly communicated to the Board; and
	
 the Board also encouraging individual shareholders to raise any questions with the Chairman, Chief Executive Officer or Senior Independent Director 
and ensuring these are addressed promptly and thoroughly. This is achieved most efficiently by contacting the Company Secretary at the following 
address: CoSec@wcgplc.co.uk.
More information on how the interests of shareholders have been taken into account in the year is contained in the Section 172 Statement on page 28.
Division of responsibilities
Effectiveness
The Chairman and fellow Directors are cognisant of their responsibility to direct the Group effectively, to actively participate in and contribute to Board 
discussions and to promote a culture of objectivity, openness and debate. The Board believes this was achieved throughout the year with its composition 
of two Executive Directors and four Non-Executive Directors, with separation of the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer appointments. Priority is also 
placed on receiving timely and relevant information, with effective support provided by an experienced Company Secretary.
Independence of Non-Executive Directors
The Board is aware that the tenure and/or interests of a majority of its Non-Executive Directors are consistent with certain of the circumstances the Code 
identifies as likely to impair a non-executive’s independence. Specifically, Martin Wright, David Gelber and Hua Min Lim have each served on the Board for 
considerably more than nine years. Hua Min Lim, together with connected parties, is also a significant shareholder. Martin Wright had served for more than 
nine years when he was appointed Chairman of the Board and continued to be a partner of the Group’s solicitors, Charles Russell Speechlys LLP throughout 
the year but has subsequently retired as a partner and taken on the role of senior counsel.
Although the duration of their Board appointments and the other interests are circumstances identified by the Code that could impair independence, 
the Board reviews the Directors’ contributions every year and is satisfied that they continue to deliver both objectivity and value, providing constructive 
challenge and support to the Executive Directors and Management, and demonstrate an independent approach to their responsibilities. In considering 
effectiveness, the Non-Executive Directors’ collective and individual competencies, experience and time availability to perform their roles are kept  
under review.
The Non-Executive Directors meet without the Executive Directors being present, further enhancing the effectiveness with which they both scrutinise  
the Executive Directors’ performance and hold them to account. Clive Bouch, who had served on the Board since 2017, continued to act as Senior 
Independent Non-Executive Director throughout the year to provide a sounding board for the Chairman and serve as an intermediary for other Directors 
and shareholders. He met with other Directors, without the Chairman present, as required, for example when addressing the Chairman’s performance  
and remuneration.
Division of responsibilities
There is a clear division of responsibilities between the Chairman and Chief Executive. Their responsibilities, together with those of the Senior Independent 
Director, the Board and its Committees, have been set out in writing, agreed by the Board and are publicly available.
Certain Executive and Non-Executive Directors of the Group are also Directors of the Boards of the main operating companies which conduct regulated 
investment business, thereby exerting influence and constructive challenge at an operating level.
The plan previously reported to consolidate the Group by merging certain regulated entities will allow a more holistic oversight of the business as a whole. 
This plan remains an intrinsic part of the Company’s business plan.
Governance framework
The Board has three committees: the Audit Committee, the Nomination Committee and the Remuneration Committee, the terms of reference of each of 
which are available on the Company’s website at walkercrips.co.uk. The Chairman of each of these Committees is responsible for reporting to the Board 
on how the Committee has discharged its duties. In addition, the Chairs of the Executive Risk Management Committee and the Executive Compliance 
Committee provide regular reports and operational input to the Audit Committee and at Board Meetings.
Matters reserved for the Board
The Board has a formal schedule of matters reserved to it for decision-making, including, inter alia, developing the future direction of the Group’s  
business, agreeing policies and procedures, approving material transactions, business plans, business risk reviews and borrowings, and monitoring the 
Group’s progress.
The full list of matters reserved for the Board is available on the Company’s website at walkercrips.co.uk.
All operating subsidiaries’ Boards and other management or operational committees include at least one main Board Executive Director who serves as the 
link between the Board and Management on operational decision-making.
38 
Corporate governance 
 Annual Report and Accounts 2024 – Walker Crips Group plc 

Division of responsibilities continued
Board attendance
The following table shows the attendance of the Directors at scheduled Board Meetings and as members or invitees at Board Committee Meetings during 
the year:
 
Board
Audit 
Committee
Remuneration 
Committee
Nomination 
Committee
Total number of meetings
10
6
3
1
Martin Wright (Chairman)
10
6
3
1
Clive Bouch (Senior Independent Director)
9
6
3
0
David Gelber (Non-Executive Director)
10
6
3
1
Hua Min Lim (Non-Executive Director)1
3
n/a
0
0
Sean Lam (Chief Executive)
10
6
3
1
Sanath Dandeniya (Group Finance Director)
10
6
3
1
1	 Hua Min Lim, who is based in Singapore, is provided with management information packs in advance of each Board Meeting for his comments, which are then relayed to the 
Board on his behalf for those Meetings he is unable to attend.
As indicated by the attendance table above, the Board meets regularly through scheduled meetings. It also convenes regularly at other times as necessary 
throughout the year. The Company Secretary attends all Board Meetings and is responsible for advising the Board on corporate governance matters.  
Both the appointment and the removal of the Company Secretary are matters reserved for the Board.
Composition, succession and evaluation
Diversity and inclusion
The Board recognises the governance benefits that breadth of perspective and diverse traits deliver. It is fully committed to promoting talented individuals 
as executives on merit, both internally and through recruitment, with the Board’s whole-hearted encouragement, supported by accessible training and 
regular open communication between Directors and staff.
The Company met the third of the three targets on Board diversity set out in LR 9.8.6R (9) as at the year end, being that at least one of the Board members 
is from a minority ethnic background. As shown in the table below, three of the six Board members or 50% at the year end were from a minority ethnic 
background (the numbers in brackets being the prior year end comparatives).
However, the other two targets, (i) that at least 40% of Board members are women and (ii) that at least one of the senior Board positions listed in the table 
is held by a woman, were not met at the year end, as the table illustrates.
Accepting this, the changes to the composition of the Board resulting from Clive Bouch’s departure and the prospective appointment of two new 
Independent Non-Executive Directors as referenced in the Chairman’s statement of page 5, will go a significant way towards reaching target (i) above and 
are expected to enable us to meet target (ii) by appointing one of the candidates to the role of Senior Independent Director. Given the size of the Company 
and its Board, meeting target (i) will remain a challenge without a disproportionate increase in Board members.
As noted above, the following table sets out the gender and ethnic diversity of the Board and Executive Management at the year end, with the prior year 
comparatives contained in brackets.
Number 
of Board 
Members
Percentage 
of the Board
Number of Senior 
Positions on the 
Board (CEO, CFO, 
SID and Chair)
Number in 
Executive 
Management
Percentage 
of Executive 
Management
Gender identity
Men
6
(6)
100% 
(100%)
4
(4)
10
(11)
67% 
(69%)
Women
0
(0)
0% 
(0%)
0
(0)
5
 (5)
33% 
(31%)
Other categories
0
(0)
0% 
(0%)
0
(0)
0
(0)
0% 
(0%)
Not specified/prefer not to say
0
(0)
0% 
(0%)
0
(0)
0
(0)
0%
(0%)
Ethnic Background
White British or other White 
(including minority-white groups)
3
(3)
50% 
(50%)
2
 (2)
12
 (13)
80% 
(81%)
Mixed/Multiple Ethnic Groups
0
(0)
0% 
(0%)
0
(0)
0
(0)
0% 
(0%)
Asian/Asian British
3
(3)
50% 
(50%)
2
 (2)
2
 (2)
13% 
(13%)
Black/African/Caribbean/Black British
0
(0)
0% 
(0%)
0
(0)
1
 (1)
7% 
(6%)
Other ethnic group, including Arab
0
(0)
0% 
(0%)
0
(0)
0
(0)
0% 
(0%)
Not specified/prefer not to say
0
(0)
0% 
(0%)
0
(0)
0
(0)
0% 
(0%)
Walker Crips Group plc – Annual Report and Accounts 2024 
39

Report by the Directors – 
on corporate governance matters continued
year ended 31 March 2024
Composition, succession and evaluation continued
Nomination Committee
The Committee’s principal responsibilities are to ensure Board appointments are subject to a formal, rigorous and transparent procedure and that 
succession plans are based on merit and objective criteria. It also seeks to ensure the contribution of each Director is monitored and the effectiveness 
of the Board as a whole is evaluated. The Committee consisted of Martin Wright (who acts as its Chairman), Clive Bouch, David Gelber and Hua Min Lim 
throughout the year.
The Committee will take full account of the Board’s policy on diversity in considering any appointments within its remit, which encompasses gender, age, 
education, social and ethnic backgrounds, disability and cognitive and personal strengths, and includes the appointment of female members of staff  
to senior management roles within the Group.
Board composition and re-election
As noted earlier in this report, the Board comprised six Directors throughout the year, of whom two undertook executive roles as Chief Executive Officer 
and Group Finance Director respectively, and four were non-executives, including the Board Chairman. In accordance with the Code, all of the Directors are 
subject to annual re-election. Therefore, each of the current Directors (Clive Bouch having resigned from the Board with effect from 27 June 2024) will be 
put forward for re-election at the forthcoming AGM. The Directors’ biographies on pages 34 to 35 describe the range, depth and complementary nature  
of their individual skills and experience.
Audit, risk and internal control
Audit Committee
Throughout the year, the Audit Committee comprised Clive Bouch, who acted as its Chairman, and David Gelber.
Further information about the Audit Committee, its responsibilities and activities during the year can be found in the Audit Committee report on pages  
43 to 46.
Risk management
The Board is responsible for the identification and robust assessment of the Group’s emerging and principal risks and this is carried out continually 
throughout the year. Details of the principal risks and how they are being managed or mitigated are set out on pages 22 to 27.
The Board has been assisted in discharging these responsibilities by the Audit Committee, as well as the Executive Risk Management Committee (“RMC”), 
the members of which have been selected based on their experience and skill sets. James Chalmers-Smith, Head of Group Risk, and a Director of Walker 
Crips Investment Management Limited, acts as the RMC’s Chairman.
The members of the operating companies’ boards, overseen by the main Board, are responsible for ensuring that adequate systems and controls are  
in place and that the businesses operate in accordance with all relevant legal and regulatory requirements. The Executive Directors of each Group company 
are responsible for its day-to-day management.
The objectives of the RMC are to assist the Group and operating companies’ boards in fulfilling their corporate governance oversight responsibilities  
by evaluating, reviewing and reporting on:
	
 risk appetite, strategy and tolerance, including integration with the Group’s culture, values and behaviour; and
	
 the operation of risk management frameworks in the effective mitigation of strategic, operational and external risks.
The RMC ensures that all new initiatives, projects and products are formally assessed and evaluated for the degree of risk exposure and regulatory capital 
impact to the Group, thus enabling strategies for the management, mitigation, transfer or avoidance of risk to be formulated.
The Board assesses principal risks facing the Group, including those that threaten its business model, future performance, solvency and liquidity.
Internal control
The Board acknowledges its responsibility for the Group’s system of internal control and has formalised the process for its review of internal control 
(including financial, operational and compliance controls, as well as risk management) and defining the scope and frequency of reports to be received, 
both by the Board and the Audit Committee. There is an ongoing process for identifying, evaluating and managing the significant risks faced by the Group 
as communicated through the RMC. This process has been in operation throughout the year and up to the date of approval of this Annual Report and 
Accounts and is regularly reviewed by the Board, which is satisfied that it accords with the relevant guidance. Due to the relatively small size of the Group 
there is a simple organisational and reporting structure. Financial results, forecasts and projections, and other information, are regularly reported to the 
Board throughout the year.
The Group operates under a system of internal financial controls which have been developed and refined to meet its current and future needs.
These include, but are not limited to:
	
 the organisational structure and the delegation of authorities to operational management;
	
 procedures for the review and authorisation of capital investments;
	
 business plans, budgets and forecasts which are reviewed by the Board;
	
 the reporting and review of financial results and other operating information;
	
 accounting and financial reporting policies to ensure the consistency, integrity and accuracy of the Group’s accounting records; and
	
 financial and operating controls and procedures which are in place throughout the Group and monitored through various means including routine and 
special reviews by both the external and internal auditors.
40 
Corporate governance 
 Annual Report and Accounts 2024 – Walker Crips Group plc 

Audit, risk and internal control continued
Internal control continued
The Directors keep the Group’s internal control and risk management systems under review by conducting an annual assessment, involving dialogue with 
relevant senior managers, of the effective design and operation of the controls to meet key control objectives and to mitigate key risks. In recent years 
we have experienced too many large costs that have arisen due to key procedures and controls not operating as they should and such failures persisting 
over time. as referenced in the Chairman’s statement, the Board is currently taking steps to address this comprehensively. Accordingly, in addition to the 
strengthening of our second and third lines of defence in recent years, a fresh review of all key transaction reporting controls, key risk indicators, use of 
systems and exception reporting are in progress. In addition, we have concluded that senior management bandwidth is too narrow and a strengthening  
of the management team has already commenced.
The Directors consider that the controls and risk management procedures established and to be implemented will be appropriate for the Group. However, 
any system of internal control and risk management can only provide reasonable, not absolute, assurance against material misstatement or loss.
Compliance and Financial Crime Committees
The Executive Compliance and Financial Crime Committees assist the Group and subsidiary boards in fulfilling their legal and regulatory compliance  
and financial crime oversight responsibilities by evaluating, reviewing and reporting on plans of the compliance and financial crime teams, progress  
reports on actions, issues arising, management information, changes in regulation and enquiries from the regulator. The Committees work to ensure 
policies are correctly framed, there is appropriate training and a regime for ensuring adherence to the rules, and a suitable process for sanctions where  
that is not the case.
The Committees’ aim to cultivate a culture of compliance and challenge to ensure the Group is delivering good customer outcomes and to prevent the 
Group being used for financial crimes.
James Hiett, Head of Group Compliance and MLRO, acts as the Chairman for both Committees.
Prospects
The financial year 2023/24 has been a year of continuing challenges with our focus firmly placed on the ongoing work relating to the uplifting of our risk 
and compliance framework. Our growth strategy relies on our risk and compliance framework being equipped to cope with high demands, not only to 
cater for new clients, products and services but also to withstand regulatory scrutiny. We are committed to this course and have set aside the necessary 
investment to achieve our desired outcome.
Notwithstanding the above, the Group will continue to progress the strategies we set out last year as they remain key to the long-term prospects of the 
Group. Key areas of the Group’s strategy are:
1. Nurture and promote our core business
This is our largest revenue generator, providing clients with investment, wealth, pensions and collectives advice and the creation of structured investments 
and structured deposits for clients, IFAs and counterparties. We aim to grow both organically by home-growing investment managers as well as attracting 
new investment managers with established client lists. In this regard, the business development team we instigated last year is beginning to yield results 
and as noted in the Chairman’s statement our Structured Investment team launched a new structured deposit initiative that is starting to get traction.
2. Companion services including higher margin alternative investment business
This subset of our core Investment Management business is where we create innovative and higher margin new business lines. (Need to see what CEO 
report will say)
3. Software as a Service (“SaaS”) that looks to identify and close the technology gap
Systems development is a core competency and we create much of our own technology, allowing us to build and integrate many of our systems into one 
central platform. Our offerings have been taken up by external customers, and we continue to develop products.
The Group prepares five-year projections for business planning purposes, its Internal Capital Adequacy and Risk Assessment (“ICARA”) and its stress 
testing. However, the Directors continue to consider a three-year period remains appropriate for the viability statement because it is aligned with the 
Group’s planning horizon, and also takes into account the unpredictability inherent in the financial sector. The Directors do not currently plan to revise the 
three-year viability statement period in future but will keep it under review as income sources evolve and the related risks and rewards are assessed.
Viability statement
The Board has carried out a robust assessment of the principal risks facing the Group along with the stress tests and scenarios that would threaten the 
viability of its business model, future performance and liquidity. This assessment is based on the Group’s three-year forecasting model, the ICARA and an 
evaluation of the Group’s emerging and principal risks, as set out in the Risks section on pages 22 to 27.
In assessing the future viability of the overall business, The Directors regularly consider the Group’s financial position and projected liquidity and financing 
requirements along with the Group’s current and future strategy. The Board has also considered the business environment of the Group and the potential 
threats to its business model arising from regulatory and political changes and the impact of operating in the financial services market and the prevailing 
high cost and interest rates environment.
For the purposes of this viability statement, management have assessed the outlook of the Group by reference to its current financial position, recent and 
historical trading performance, the principal risks facing the Group, mitigating actions that could be implemented in the event of severe stresses on the 
business model (see page 74), and three-year projections.
The Group’s forecasting model, which forms part of the ICARA process, is subjected to stress tests. These stress tests are devised through discussions with 
senior management and consist of two alternative stress scenarios, both directly applied to the Group’s “base” case budget and projections which assume 
normal operating conditions.
Walker Crips Group plc – Annual Report and Accounts 2024 
41

Report by the Directors –  
on corporate governance matters continued
year ended 31 March 2024
Viability statement continued
Key assumptions underpinning the base case projections are set out in the going concern disclosure in note 2 on page 74. The stress tests seek to respond 
to the business model risks disclosed on page 26. A reverse stress test is also performed. The stress scenarios do not include any mitigating actions that 
would be taken by management were they to emerge.
The Group’s base case projections and the two stress scenarios consider the Group’s current financial position and the potential impact of principal risks 
and uncertainties facing the Group. The two alternative stress scenarios considered are: (i) a “bear stress scenario”: representing a 10% reduction in 
management fees, trading commissions and interest income, with the consequent reduction in revenue sharing based costs, compared to the base case 
in a three-year period, and (ii) a “severe stress scenario”: representing a 20% fall in management fees, trading commissions and interest income extending 
over a three-year period.
Liquidity and regulatory capital resource requirements exceed the minimum thresholds in both the base case and bear scenarios. In the severe stress 
scenario, although the Group has positive liquidity throughout the period, the negative impact on our prudential capital ratio is such that it is projected to 
fall below the regulatory requirement in January 2026. The Directors consider these scenarios to be remote in view of the prudence built into the base case 
projections and that further mitigations available to the Directors are not reflected therein.
Such mitigating actions within Management’s control include reduction in proprietary risk positions, delayed capital expenditure, further reductions in 
discretionary spend, not paying planned dividends and reductions in employee headcount. Other mitigating actions may include disposal of businesses, 
stronger cost reductions and the potential to seek shareholder support.
The reverse stress scenario is performed to assess the resilience of the Group’s business model and strategy. This indicates that the Group would be placed 
under significant stress if it were to lose 30% of gross income over the next 12 months. The Directors consider the severe stress scenario to be remote in 
view of the prudence built into the plans and the further mitigations available to the Directors that are not reflected therein.
Taking account of the current financial position, strategic plans, principal risks and the Board’s assessment of the Group’s prospects, the Directors have a 
reasonable expectation that the Group will be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over a period of at least three years.
Going concern
The Directors confirm that they have a reasonable expectation that the Group will continue to meet its liabilities as they fall due over the period to  
31 October 2025. The Directors’ assessment has been made with reference to the historic resilience of the Group, strong cash reserves, its current strategy, 
the Board’s risk appetite and the Group’s principal risks and how these are managed.
In the opinion of the Directors, the working capital and regulatory financial resources available to the Group will be sufficient for their present requirements 
over the period ending 31 October 2025. It follows that they can also support the statement that the Group is a Going Concern for at least the period 
ending 31 October 2025.
Remuneration
The Company’s remuneration policies and practices are designed to support the business strategy and promote long-term success. In particular,  
the remuneration policies and structures are designed to be straight-forward and ensure executive bonus awards are subject to the Remuneration 
Committee’s discretion, which includes consideration of both financial and non-financial performance. No Director is involved in deciding their own 
remuneration outcome.
The Committee and Board are aware that the current remuneration structures are reflective of legacy arrangements, particularly the formulaic profit  
share arrangements, and that presently there are no long-term incentive plans in place. Accordingly, the Remuneration Committee will in due course 
undertake a broader review of remuneration arrangements for Directors and senior management. As explained in the Remuneration report on pages 47  
to 59, a review of Executive Directors’ base salaries was undertaken during the year.
Information on the Directors’ Remuneration Policy, how it was implemented in the year and the work of the Remuneration Committee can be found in the 
Remuneration report on pages 47 to 59, which also includes the proposed new Directors’ Remuneration Policy to be put to shareholders for approval at the 
forthcoming AGM.
42 
Corporate governance 
 Annual Report and Accounts 2024 – Walker Crips Group plc 

Audit Committee report
year ended 31 March 2024
Chairman’s introduction
On behalf of the Board, I am pleased to present the Audit Committee’s report on its responsibilities and activities during the year.
Composition and constitution
The Board is responsible for establishing and maintaining an Audit Committee and for appointing its members. The 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code 
(“the Code”) provides that the Committee should comprise only independent Non-Executive Directors of the Company with a minimum of two members.
The Committee comprises two members, which reflects the size of the Board and scale of the business. The Board’s emphasis is to ensure that those Non-
Executive Directors serving on the Committee have the necessary skills, experience, objectivity and knowledge of the sector to operate effectively and to 
work together in providing effective guidance and challenge.
Clive Bouch, who is a Chartered Accountant with recent and relevant financial experience, served as the Committee Chairman throughout the year,  
and David Gelber served as the other Committee member, albeit that he has been a Director for more than nine years and formerly chaired the Board.  
As authorised by its Terms of Reference, the Committee invited the Group Finance Director and the Heads of Group Compliance and Group Risk to attend 
and report at its meetings as well as representatives of both the Group’s internal and external auditors. The Group Chairman and Group Chief Executive are 
also invited to attend meetings.
As reported in the Chairman’s statement on page 5, Clive has since left the Board and consequently relinquished his appointment as the Committee 
Chairman with effect from 27 June 2024. As an interim measure, David has taken over the role of Committee Chairman while the Board Chairman, Martin 
Wright, has been co-opted to the Committee as the other member as a matter of expediency. As also noted in the Chairman’s statement, we anticipate 
appointing two new Independent Non-Executive Directors both of whom have recent and relevant financial experience and will become Audit Committee 
members.
The Committee’s current Terms of Reference are available for inspection on the Company’s website at walkercrips.co.uk.
Main responsibilities of the Committee
The Committee assists the Board in its oversight of the:
a.	 integrity and quality of financial reporting and disclosure;
b.	 selection and application of accounting policies and practices;
c.	 risk management systems and internal control environment;
d.	 Group’s compliance with legal and regulatory requirements relevant to financial reporting and accounting;
e.	 appointment/reappointment, independence and performance of the external auditor, including the quality and effectiveness of the external audit;
f.	 integrity of significant financial returns to regulators;
g.	 effectiveness of internal audit;
h.	 Group’s compliance with statutory tax obligations;
i.	 determination of distributable reserves; and
j.	 other issues, if any, on which the Board may request the Committee’s opinion.
Meetings
There were six formal meetings of the Committee during the year. The Committee members’ meeting attendances are set out in the Report by the 
Directors on corporate governance matters on page 39. The Company Secretary acts as Secretary to the Committee.
The Committee Chairman is responsible for developing the agendas for meetings, in consultation with the Secretary, executive management and external 
service providers as appropriate. The Chairman and Secretary ensure that the Committee’s work addresses the areas within its remit. In addition to those 
invited to attend meetings on a regular basis as mentioned earlier, other members of the Group’s workforce may be called upon to report to the Committee 
and respond to any questions it may have.
Outside of formal meetings, the Committee Chairman maintains a dialogue with the Board Chairman, CEO, Group Finance Director, the Heads of Group 
Compliance and Group Risk, the external audit partner and members of the internal audit leadership team.
Committee activities
The work of the Committee during the year ended 31 March 2024 fell into three main areas:
1.	
Accounting, financial and non-financial reporting
	
The Committee reviewed the:
a.	 annual and interim financial statements, reports and preliminary announcements;
b.	 significant financial reporting policy disclosures, estimates and judgements;
c.	 appropriateness of the preparation of the financial statements on a going concern basis;
d.	 viability statement prior to Board approval;
e.	 basis of formulation and scope of the Group’s Internal Capital and Risk Assessment (ICARA);
f.	 TCFD disclosures; and
g.	 Annual Report to consider whether, taken as a whole, it is fair, balanced and understandable, includes all required disclosures and provides 
information relevant to shareholders’ assessment of the Group’s position and performance, business model and strategy.
Walker Crips Group plc – Annual Report and Accounts 2024 
43

Audit Committee report continued
year ended 31 March 2024
2.	
Internal controls
	
The Committee:
a.	 monitored the integrity, effectiveness and enhancement of the Group’s internal controls, including those over fraud and financial crime and the 
security of client assets, through consideration of key risks and mitigating controls, and reports and presentations from internal audit, external 
audit and the Heads of Group Compliance and Group Risk;
b.	 agreed with the internal audit service providers the programme of internal audit reviews and any modifications thereto;
c.	 reviewed actions taken, and challenged the appropriateness of deadlines for implementation, in response to reports on internal controls in order  
to address matters identified; and
d.	 considered the effectiveness of the systems established to identify, manage and monitor financial and non-financial risk.
3.	
External audit
	
The Committee:
a.	 assessed the qualifications, expertise and resources of PKF Littlejohn LLP (“PKF”) as the Company’s and Group’s auditor and the effectiveness and 
quality of the external audit process;
b.	 reviewed PKF’s audit plan, audit approach, scope of work to be carried out and audit findings;
c.	 reviewed the auditor’s independence and objectivity, including compliance with the Group’s non-audit services policy;
d.	 approved PKF’s audit and non-audit fees;
e.	 reviewed PKF’s recommendations in respect of the internal control environment and management’s responses thereto; and
f.	 reported to the Board on the audit process, the effectiveness of the external auditor, the results of the external audit, and made a 
recommendation to the Board on the reappointment of the external auditor.
There have been no interactions between the Company and the FRC during the period. When reviewing the preparation, content and presentation  
of the Annual Report, the Committee considers, and challenges Management on actions to take account of, the key matters raised by the FRC for  
2022/23 reports.
External auditor
PKF was reappointed as the Group’s external auditor by shareholders’ resolution at the 2023 AGM to serve until the conclusion of the next meeting  
at which accounts are laid. Accordingly, a resolution to reappoint PKF as auditor will be put to shareholders at the forthcoming AGM.
PKF has reported to the Committee on how it complies with professional and regulatory requirements to ensure its independence. PKF also carried out 
a desktop review of the Group’s Interim Report and reports to the FCA on CASS compliance for relevant Group companies. No other services have been 
provided by the auditor during the year. Details of external audit and non-audit fees are disclosed in note 8 to the financial statements on page 86.
The performance of the external auditor is monitored on an ongoing basis and takes account of its knowledge of our sector, the quality and experience of 
the individuals assigned, the level of engagement, effectiveness of communication, feedback from Management and Committee members and published 
findings of the FRC’s audit quality inspection reviews. As part of the Committee’s deliberations on audit quality and effectiveness, the Committee 
Chairman communicates directly with the external audit partner to discuss this important matter and share feedback. The Committee is satisfied that PKF 
has performed an effective audit.
The Committee reviews specific reports and good practice suggestions presented by the external auditor. The Committee discusses and acts upon the 
external auditor’s comments relating to internal financial control and on the preparation of the financial statements. The Committee reports any issues 
directly to the Board after each meeting. The Committee also meets with the external auditor without management being present at least once a year.
The statutory audit has not resulted in any significant control issues or matters that required material adjustment to the accounts. Attention is drawn to the 
Auditor’s report on pages 64 to 68.
Internal audit
Grant Thornton UK LLP (Grant Thornton) have held the appointment as the Group’s internal auditors since replacing Evelyn Partners LLP (formerly Smith & 
Williamson LLP with effect from 1 December 2022 and have proved highly effective in this role.
The internal audit function reports directly to the Committee. The internal audit plan and scope of work is reviewed and approved by the Committee as a 
matter of course each year and is modified, as necessary, during the course of the year in the event of changed priorities. The budget is agreed between 
the Committee Chairman and Group Finance Director having regard to the planned scope of work. To support the effectiveness of assurance coverage 
across the second and third lines of defence, internal audit presents a three-year rolling plan.
The internal audit reports and recommendations are presented to the Committee together with Management’s responses and proposed actions for 
discussion and challenge.
During the year, Grant Thornton completed its reviews and reported to the Committee on the implementation of the fraud and financial crime controls 
enhancement project, regulatory transaction reporting by and the cyber security controls of the Group’s main operating company, Walker Crips Investment 
Management Limited (WCIM), as well as WCIM’s structured investments business and the Group’s pensions business. It was also well advanced at the 
year end towards reporting on its review of conduct and culture, the Group’s corporate governance framework and WCIM’s risk-based client and product 
suitability review procedures.
The Committee monitors the effectiveness of the internal audit service provided by the external providers, with particular focus on competence and 
capabilities, timely reporting and the quality of communication and recommendations. The Committee also monitors any other services that the internal 
auditors may provide to ensure the integrity and independence of the Group’s third line of defence is not compromised. The Committee is pleased with the 
level of engagement, insight and quality of reporting in respect of Grant Thornton’s work to date.
44 
Corporate governance 
 Annual Report and Accounts 2024 – Walker Crips Group plc 

Going concern and longer-term viability statement
Disclosures regarding the adoption of the going concern basis of financial statement preparation and the Directors’ viability statement are found on 
pages 41 to 42. In considering these disclosures, the Committee reviewed the Group’s strategic priorities, projections for the forthcoming year and medium 
term, current business performance against those projections, the stress and reverse stress scenarios updated to reflect current market conditions and the 
continuing effects of the Ukraine and Middle East conflicts, current financial resources and capital expenditure plans, together with ongoing compliance 
with regulatory prudential requirements. The Committee challenged the reasons for the period adopted for the viability statement and the consideration 
given to key assumptions and dependencies.
The Committee noted and/or challenged in particular:
	
 the Group’s performance during the year and post-year end, market outlook, financial plans and projections, and budgets;
	
 the actions Management continues to take to strengthen the control environment and mitigate instances of control failings resulting in significant 
liabilities that have occurred in recent years and are described elsewhere in this and prior reports;
	
 dividend proposals and policy;
	
 Group liquidity, noting that 100% of the Group’s regulatory financial resources at 31 March 2024 are held in cash or cash equivalents and there are no 
material restrictions on accessing or utilising required liquidity throughout the Group;
	
 the Group’s regulatory capital at 31 March 2024 and the date of this report noting that it comfortably exceeds its regulatory capital requirement and all 
regulated entities within the Group held capital in excess of their solo regulatory requirements;
	
 the Group’s principal debt obligations are the lease liabilities arising from the adoption of IFRS 16;
	
 an intra-day credit line is made available by our principal bankers to enable daily net settlement of market transactions in an orderly fashion; and
	
 the stress scenario analyses, key assumptions and Management actions demonstrating the Group meets projected solvency and liquidity requirements 
to continue as a going concern.
Financial reporting and significant financial judgements
The main areas considered by the Committee are set out below:
Matter considered 
Action
Carrying value of Walker Crips Group plc’s investment in subsidiaries
The carrying value of the Parent Company’s investment in subsidiaries, 
including the value attributed to client lists arising from these acquisitions, 
amounts to £22.4 million. This significantly exceeds the market value 
of the Group as determined by reference to the quoted share price. This 
situation has persisted for several years.
As part of the impairment review work the discrepancy in values was again 
considered and the conclusion reached that the carrying value remains 
supported based upon valuations of the principal trading subsidiaries. 
Reasons for the discrepancy include the overheads incurred at the Parent 
Company level, the small size of the Group and illiquidity in the market for 
the Company’s shares. The Committee also considered the procedures 
performed by the external auditor in respect of the carrying value, which 
has been identified by them as a key risk, but not a key audit matter.
Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets
The consolidated statement of financial position includes goodwill  
of £4.4 million, client lists of £3.6 million and software licences of  
£0.15 million. These principally arise on business combinations or  
hiring of individuals or teams of investment managers and purchase  
of software licences.
The goodwill arose on, and has been allocated to, the acquisitions of 
London York Fund Managers Limited (£2.9 million) and Barker Poland  
Asset Management LLP (£1.5 million), which continue as identifiable  
cash-generating units (“CGUs”). The year-end amortised value of client  
lists attributed to these CGUs are £nil and £0.6 million, respectively, with 
the remaining balance being attributable to individuals or teams  
of investment managers hired separately and software licences.
Management assesses any impairment of goodwill by comparing the  
book value of assets attributable to the CGUs to the higher of their 
fair value less cost to sell or value-in-use. The Committee reviewed 
Management’s papers supporting the conclusion there is no impairment, 
with particular challenge regarding the assumptions used and the 
proposed disclosures (see note 16). The Committee also considered the 
procedures performed by the external auditor (see the independent 
auditor’s report on pages 64 to 68).
The values attributed to client lists are amortised over their estimated 
useful lives, being periods of between three and twenty years. 
Management assesses any further indicators of impairment by reference 
to the continuing value of Assets Under Management and Administration, 
peer comparisons, the loss of investment managers, the loss rate of clients, 
and other causes of possible outflows. In the year, the Group accelerated 
the amortisation related to one client list due to the resignation of the 
investment manager who was expected to leave the Group in April 2024. 
This resulted in an additional amortisation charge of £0.18 million in the 
year which has not been treated as an exceptional charge.
Walker Crips Group plc – Annual Report and Accounts 2024 
45

Audit Committee report continued
year ended 31 March 2024
Matter considered 
Action
Provisions
The financial statements include provisions in respect of dilapidations 
(£0.69 million) and estimated obligations in respect of Stamp Duty Reserve 
Tax (“SDRT”) (£0.36 million). These amounts are estimated with varying 
degrees of certainty.
The Committee considered and challenged Management’s determination 
of the amounts provided, accounting treatment and related disclosures 
(see note 26 on page 96), concluding they were appropriate based upon 
the information presently available.
Exceptional items and alternative performance measures
The Group classifies certain material items as exceptional and presents 
alternative performance measures (“APMs”) to provide a clearer 
understanding of the underlying trading performance of the business.  
In 2023/24, the Group has reported exceptional credit totalling £225,000 
(2022/23: exceptional charge £554,000). The exceptional credit arises 
from the conclusion of the SDRT investigation which is disclosed in note 9 
on page 86.
APMs presented are operating profit before exceptional items, profit 
before tax and exceptional items, adjusted EBITDA and underlying cash 
generation from operations.
The Committee requested, received and considered explanations  
from Management setting out the description of items that would fall 
to be exceptional (see note 9 on page 86), the reasons therefore and the 
proposed disclosures, including the reconciliations provided in the Finance 
Director’s review on page 17 between the IFRS reported results and  
the APMs.
The Committee challenged Management regarding (i) the prominence 
and equal presentation of the IFRS results and APMs, (ii) the nature of the 
exceptional items and their consistency with the Group’s accounting policy, 
and (iii) the disclosure of and references to the exceptional items in note 9, 
the Financial highlights, the Chairman’s statement, the CEO’s statement, 
the Finance Director’s review and elsewhere in the Annual Report and 
Accounts, including the restatement of prior years’ reported results. The 
Committee also considered the external auditor’s findings in respect of 
these matters.
Based on its deliberations, the Committee is satisfied with the presentation 
and explanations of the exceptional items and APMs.
Performance evaluation
A formal evaluation of the Committee’s performance will be undertaken before the current year end based on feedback to a questionnaire distributed to 
Committee members and others who regularly attend Audit Committee meetings and any areas identified for improvement.
Committee members have maintained and developed their knowledge and awareness through a combination of self-reading, practical experience, 
receiving presentations and/or undertaking formal CISI or other provider modules.
Approval
This report in its entirety has been approved by the Committee and signed on its behalf by:
David Gelber
Audit Committee Chairman
31 July 2024
46 
Corporate governance 
 Annual Report and Accounts 2024 – Walker Crips Group plc 

Remuneration report
year ended 31 March 2024
Introduction
This report details the Directors’ remuneration for the year ended 31 March 2024 in accordance with Schedule 8 of The Large and Medium-sized 
Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008, the 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code (referred to below as the Code), the  
Listing Rules and the Directors’ shareholder-approved Remuneration Policy applicable to that year.
The report is in three parts:
Part A – The Annual Statement from the Remuneration Committee Chairman;
Part B – The Annual Remuneration Report, which is subject to shareholders’ advisory vote; and
Part C – The Proposed Remuneration Policy, which is subject to shareholders’ approval.
The Remuneration Policy applicable to the year ended 31 March 2024 was approved by shareholders at the 2021 Annual General Meeting for a maximum 
period of three years from that date (28 September 2021). Both the 2021 approved Policy and its predecessor Policies approved in 2017 and 2020 
respectively are available for inspection on the Group’s website at walkercrips.co.uk where the former can be found on pages 39 to 42 of the 2020 Annual 
Report and the latter on pages 49 to 53 of the 2021 Annual Report.
As explained below, a proposed Remuneration Policy to supersede the 2021 Policy will be put to shareholders for approval at the forthcoming AGM.
The parts of the Annual Remuneration Report that are subject to audit are identified. The Annual Statement which follows is not subject to audit.
Part A – Annual Statement from the Remuneration Committee Chairman
My predecessor as Chairman of the Remuneration Committee, Clive Bouch, held this role throughout the year and until 26 June 2024 when, as noted in the 
Chairman’s statement on page 5, he left the Board and I was appointed as the interim Committee’s Chairman. However, I have served on the Committee 
for a number of years and participated fully alongside Clive in its proceedings during the year. I therefore feel sufficiently well qualified to present this 
report on the Directors’ remuneration for 2023/24 on behalf of the Board.
Having said that, I wish to thank Clive for chairing the Committee in such a diligent and effective way since his appointment in 2019 and for the advances 
he promoted in making the Directors’ and wider Group’s reward structures competitive and fit for purpose in an ever changing regulatory and economic 
environment.
Among the main areas of focus by the Committee in the year were detailed consideration, challenge and approval of Group-wide policies on employee 
remuneration, the maximum ratio between variable and fixed pay and the application of malus and clawback to variable pay. Further, at the start of the 
year, a comprehensive review of staff salaries across the Group was undertaken against industry benchmarks and employment market trends to ensure 
that reward packages are competitive and supportive of staff retention. In addition, the Committee approved base salary increases of 10% to the two 
Executive Directors, whose remuneration had remained unchanged for a number of years and a realignment and increase in fees for the Non-Executive 
Directors and Chairman were approved by the Board and Committee respectively, as shown in the table on page 50, again reflecting the fact that they had 
been unchanged for a similar period.
The Committee also considered and approved the bonus pools recommended by Management in respect of those employees eligible to receive such 
awards, taking into account input from our Risk and Compliance functions as to whether any reductions were necessary for poor conduct or other  
relevant reasons.
As was mentioned in last year’s Statement, the current Directors’ Remuneration Policy, approved by shareholders at the 2021 AGM, is due to expire  
on 28 September 2024 and, accordingly, a new policy will be proposed for shareholder approval at the forthcoming AGM.
In reviewing the existing policy, its effectiveness and the proposed basis for its renewal, the Committee has addressed a range of factors, including the 
following in accordance with Provision 40 of the Code:
	
 Clarity – The Committee considers that the existing policy provides clarity to all stakeholders on the remuneration arrangements for the Executive 
Directors and the relationship between pay and performance.
	
 Simplicity – The Committee considers that the existing remuneration arrangements for the Executive Directors are simple and straightforward and 
that the rationale underpinning them and how they operate should be readily understood by both the Executive Directors themselves and the Group’s 
stakeholders. It should be noted that the Executive Directors did not receive a bonus for the financial year which clearly demonstrates the link between 
pay and performance as the company reports poor profitability for the year.
	
 Risk – The Committee considers that the existing incentive arrangements do not encourage inappropriate risk taking. The Executive Directors’ service 
contracts contain malus and clawback provisions which apply to all elements of variable pay. The Committee also has full discretion over bonus awards 
to ensure they are appropriate.
	
 Predictability and proportionality – The Committee considers that the existing policy clearly sets out the range of potential rewards to the individual 
Executive Directors and the limits within which the Committee may exercise its discretion over the level of performance-related awards, from zero  
to a maximum of 100% of basic pay. Variable pay is linked to measures aligned with the Group’s long-term strategy and objectives.
	
 Alignment to culture – The remuneration performance targets set by the Committee are designed to drive good behaviours across the Group and  
to encourage The Executive Directors to focus on the creation of long-term shareholder value.
Walker Crips Group plc – Annual Report and Accounts 2024 
47

Remuneration report continued
year ended 31 March 2024
Part A – Annual Statement from the Remuneration Committee Chairman continued
Consequently, the Committee has concluded that, subject to minor amendment to accord with current regulations and practice, the existing policy 
continues to be appropriate and has served both shareholders and Directors well over its period of application. The proposed new policy set out in Part C  
of this report, commencing on page 55, reflects this conclusion and will be submitted to shareholders for approval at the forthcoming AGM on that basis.
I hope that you find the information in this report provides a clear insight into the Committee’s decisions and operations and look forward to your support 
for approval of the following Annual Remuneration Report and proposed Remuneration Policy at the forthcoming AGM.
David Gelber
Remuneration Committee Chairman
31 July 2024
 
48 
Corporate governance 
 Annual Report and Accounts 2024 – Walker Crips Group plc 

Part B – Annual Remuneration Report
The Remuneration Committee presents its Annual Remuneration Report, which will be put to an advisory shareholder vote at the 2024 AGM. Sections 
which have been subject to audit are noted accordingly.
Summary of Remuneration Policy and implementation in the year ended 31 March 2024
The table below summarises the Remuneration Policy which was approved by shareholders at the 2021 AGM on 28 September 2021 with effect from that 
date.
Element
Policy
How implemented in 2023/24
Salaries/Fees
Executive Directors’ salaries are to reflect 
the value of their roles, skills and experience, 
avoiding excessive risk arising from over-reliance 
on variable income. Non-Executive Directors’ 
fees are to reflect their skills, experience  
and roles.
The base salaries of the two Executive Directors 
were increased by 10% from 1 April 2023.
The fees of the Chairman were increased from 
£42,559 pa to £55,000 pa and those for David 
Gelber and Clive Bouch, both Non-Executive 
Directors, from £42,559 pa and £38,570 pa 
respectively to £50,000 pa each, all also with 
effect from 1 April 2023.
Annual Profit Share (discretionary 
allocation from annual bonus pool)
Executive Directors are to be incentivised 
to deliver annual financial and operational 
goals through participation in a formulaically 
determined profit pool aimed at achieving 
demanding targets for Group profit before tax 
and increasing shareholder value.
The 2023/24 bonus pool thresholds were 5% of 
Group profit before tax in excess of £584,000 
and 15% of Group profit before tax in excess of 
£1,460,000. These profit pool thresholds were 
not triggered and consequently no annual profit 
share awards made in the year.
Discretionary Bonus
The Remuneration Committee may make a 
discretionary award to the Executive Directors 
in addition to any allocation, or where no 
award is made, from the Annual Profit Share to 
reflect exceptional individual performance and 
contribution to the Group.
No discretionary bonuses were awarded  
in the year.
Pension
Employer contributions of 5–10% of base salary 
paid to a pension scheme of the Executive 
Director’s choice. Approved salary sacrifice 
arrangements in place.
Employer contributions were made at 10% of 
base salary for Sean Lam and 7% of base salary 
for Sanath Dandeniya.
Additional salary sacrifice contributions of £nil 
and £6,600 were made for Sean Lam and Sanath 
Dandeniya respectively.
Share Incentive Plan (“SIP”)
Directors are eligible to participate in the  
Group’s tax efficient approved SIP (available  
to all employees and Directors) under which  
the Company may match contributions made  
by the employee or Director to purchase 
Company shares.
Matching, which had been suspended with  
effect from 1 April 2020, was reinstated from  
1 April 2021 at the rate of half a Matching Share 
for every share purchased by the employee.
On review, the matching rate was increased to 
one to one from 1 April 2023.
Other benefits
Additional benefits provided for Executive 
Directors consist of life cover of four times base 
salary, permanent health insurance and family 
medical insurance cover.
Non-Executive Directors are reimbursed for 
expenses incurred in the performance of their 
duties, grossed up for income tax and national 
insurance where appropriate.
Benefits maintained in the year at levels in line 
with those of other full-time employees.
There were no expense claims made in the year.
Walker Crips Group plc – Annual Report and Accounts 2024 
49

Part B – Annual Remuneration Report continued
Remuneration for the year ended 31 March 2024 (audited information)
The table below sets out the remuneration received by the Directors in the year ended 31 March 2024 together with prior year comparatives and includes a 
single figure for the total remuneration due, or which will become due, to each Director.
 
Fixed Remuneration
Variable Remuneration
 
 
 
Name of Director
 
 
 
Year
Basic
salary/
Fees
(Note 1)
£
 
Taxable 
benefits
(Note 2)
£
Pension
contri- 
butions
(Note 3)
£
 
Total 
Fixed
 
£
 
Bonus 
 
£
SIP
matching 
shares
 
£
 
Total 
Variable
 
£
Total
£
Executive
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sean Lam
2024
242,000
2,502
24,200
268,702
–
1,800
1,800
270,502
 
2023
220,000
2,124
22,000
244,124
–
900
900
245,024
Sanath Dandeniya
2024
165,000
2,294
11,550
178,844
–
1,800
1,800
180,644
 
2023
150,000
1,950
10,500
162,450
–
900
900
163,350
Non-Executive
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Hua Min Lim
2024
 –
 –
 –
 –
 –
 –
 –
 –
 
2023
 –
 –
 –
 –
 –
 –
 –
 –
Clive Bouch
2024
50,000
–
–
50,000
_
1,800
1,800
51,800
 
2023
38,570
–
–
38,570
–
900
900
39,470
Martin Wright*
2024
55,000
–
–
55,000
–
–
_
55,000
 
2023
42,599
–
–
42,599
–
–
–
42,599
David Gelber
2024
50,000
–
–
50,000
–
1,800
1,800
51,800
 
2023
42,559
–
–
42,559
–
900
900
43,459
Total
2024
562,000
4,796
35,750
602,546
–
7,200
7,200
609,746
 
2023
493,688
4,074
32,500
530,262
–
3,600
3,600
533,862
*	 Charles Russell Speechlys LLP received fees of £55,000 (2023: £42,599) for the services of Martin Wright who was a partner in that firm.
Note 1: Basic salary/Fees
The amounts shown for the Executive Directors are prior to any pension contributions made by the Company in respect of any salary sacrifices made.
Note 2: Taxable benefits
The amounts shown represent the cost to the Company of providing family medical insurance cover to the relevant Executive Directors, for the  
year concerned.
Note 3: Pension contributions
The amounts shown are the contributions made by the Company to the approved pension scheme of the Executive Director’s choice at the entitled rate 
and do not include any additional salary sacrifice contributions made.
Annual and deferred bonuses for the year ended 31 March 2024
Based on the Group’s results and profitability, the Committee has not awarded any discretionary annual bonuses for 2023/24, whether payable in cash  
or equity, to the Executive Directors.
Outstanding share awards
There were no share options outstanding at 31 March 2024 or 31 March 2023. There are no share option schemes or Long-Term Incentive Plans in place  
for the Directors. However, shareholders’ approval was obtained at the 2022 AGM to the introduction of the Walker Crips Group Deferred Bonus Plan 2022, 
an employee share scheme to facilitate the payment of bonus awards partly in shares.
Remuneration report continued
year ended 31 March 2024
50 
Corporate governance 
 Annual Report and Accounts 2024 – Walker Crips Group plc 

Directors’ shareholding and share interests (audited information)
The interests of the Directors and their connected persons in the share capital of the Company are shown in the table below.
 
 
 
Director
Beneficially
owned at
31 March
2023
Beneficially
owned at
31 March
2024
Beneficially
owned at
30 June
2024
Hua Min Lim
12,359,803
12,359,803
12,359,803
Sean Lam
660,133
675,496
692,438
Sanath Dandeniya
57,874
74,356
78,350
David Gelber
227,715
246,557
250,551
Clive Bouch (resigned with effect from 27 June 2024)
71,898
88,453
–
Martin Wright
16,129
16,129
16,129
The Remuneration Policy approved by shareholders at the 2021 AGM includes a requirement for future share awards to be retained by Executive Directors 
until a shareholding equal to one year’s base salary is achieved, such shares also being subject to a two-year post-employment holding period.
Share Incentive Plan (“SIP”)
Employees are eligible to participate in the SIP following three months of service. Employees may contribute a maximum of 10% of their gross salary in 
regular monthly payments (being not less than £10 and not greater than £150) to acquire Ordinary Shares in the Parent Company (Partnership Shares).
Partnership Shares are acquired monthly. For every Partnership Share purchased, the intention is that the employee receives one Matching Share (but see 
the restrictions imposed below).
On 1 April 2020, the Directors, as part of the Covid-19 response to preserve cash and liquidity, suspended the matching option. This continued until  
1 April 2021 from when it was decided to reintroduce matching at the rate of half a Matching Share for every Partnership Share purchased. On further 
review, the matching rate was increased to its pre-pandemic level of one-to-one from 1 April 2023 and was maintained at this level throughout the year.
A total of 869,753 (2023: 587,948) new Ordinary Shares were issued to the 95 employees who participated in the SIP during the year. At 31 March 2024, 
4,016,022 (2023: 3,864,027) shares were held in the SIP on their behalf, in the employee’s name. There were no forfeited shares not allocated to any 
specific employee.
Matching Shares awarded to Directors and still held under the SIP are as follows (audited information):
 
Director
31 March
2023
31 March
2024
Sean Lam
22,203
29,056
Sanath Dandeniya
20,132
27,664
David Gelber
60,686
68,215
Clive Bouch
21,393
28,924
Total pension entitlements (audited information)
There are no defined-benefit Group pension schemes in operation. The Group contributes a percentage of the Executive Directors’ basic salaries into 
personal pension arrangements of their choice. Monthly employer contributions are set in the range of 7-10% of base salary for the present Executive 
Directors compared with a range of 5-10% for Group employees. In addition, salary sacrifice may be exercised in favour of additional pension 
contributions.
Payments to past Directors (audited information)
There were no payments made to past Directors in the year.
Loss of office payments (audited information)
No payments were made to any Director for loss of office in the year.
Walker Crips Group plc – Annual Report and Accounts 2024 
51

Part B – Annual Remuneration Report continued
Chief Executive remuneration
Percentage change in the remuneration of the Chief Executive
 
2023
2024
Chief Executive
£
Change
£
Change
Salary
220,000
5.3%
242,000
10.00%
Bonus
 –
–
–
Benefits
2,124
10.00%
2,502
17.80%
Average per employee (£)
 
 
 
Salary
48,441
5.40%
53,740 
10.94%
Bonus
7,109
–11.70%
6,112 
–14.02%
The table above shows the movement in salary and annual bonus for the Chief Executive in the current and previous financial years compared to that of 
the average Group employee. The Committee has chosen this comparator as it provides a better reflection of the earnings of the average Group employee 
than the movement in the Group’s total wage bill, since the latter is subject to distortion by movements in the number of employees.
The table below shows the total remuneration for each of the individuals who has performed the role of Chief Executive during each of the past 10 
financial years. The total remuneration figure includes any bonuses awarded based on performance in those years, such bonuses being discretionary within 
the terms of the applicable Remuneration Policy and not based on any maximum opportunity. No long-term incentive awards were made to any of the 
Executive Directors.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2014
 
 
 
2015
 
 
 
2016
 
 
 
2017
 
 
 
2018
 
 
 
2019
 
 
 
2020
 
 
 
2021
 
 
 
2022
 
 
 
2023
Year
ended
31 March
2024
Sean Lam
–
–
–
–
£133,610
£245,517
£245,504
£231,650
£244,824
£245,025 £270,502
Rodney FitzGerald
£186,769
£187,176
£189,264
£196,119
£69,843
–
–
–
–
–
–
Total remuneration
£186,769
£187,176
£189,264
£196,119
£203,453
£245,517  £245,504  £231,650
£244,824
£245,025 £270,502
Performance graph
The graph below shows a comparison between the Group’s total shareholder return (“TSR”) performance compared with the companies in the FTSE Small 
Cap Index. The graph compares the value, at 31 March 2024, of £100 invested in Walker Crips Group plc on 31 March 2013 with the value of £100 invested 
over the same period in the FTSE Small Cap Index. This Index has been chosen to give a comparison with the average returns that shareholders could have 
received by investing in a range of other small UK public companies.
Total shareholder return compared to FTSE Small Cap Index
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
FTSE Small Cap Index
WCG plc share price TR
£0.00
£50.00
£100.00
£150.00
£200.00
£250.00
Remuneration report continued
year ended 31 March 2024
52 
Corporate governance 
 Annual Report and Accounts 2024 – Walker Crips Group plc 

Relative importance of the spend on pay
The table below shows the movement in spend on staff costs versus that in dividends.
 
 
2023
£’000
2024
£’000
Change
Staff costs
14,475
16,898 
25.52%
Dividends paid
617
213 
–65.48%
The total dividends paid in 2023/24 consisted of a final dividend for 2022/23 of 0.25 pence per share (2021/22: 1.20 pence per share) and an interim 
dividend for 2023/24 of 0.25 pence per share (2022/23: 0.25 pence per share). As explained on page 5, the Directors are recommending a final dividend for 
2023/24 of 0.25 pence per share, which equates to a total amount payable for the year of £213,000.
Remuneration Committee governance
The Committee is governed by formal terms of reference agreed by the Board. The terms of reference were reviewed during the year and revised to ensure 
they reflect the remit of the Committee and accord with proportionate application of current requirements and good practice, taking into account the size 
and nature of the business. The Committee’s current terms of reference approved by the Board on 20 July 2021 can be viewed on the Group’s website.
The members of the Committee during the last financial year and their attendance at the meetings of the Committee are shown in the Report by the 
Directors on corporate governance matters. The Committee consisted of four Non-Executive Directors, Clive Bouch (Committee Chair and also Chairman 
of the Audit Committee and Senior Independent Director), David Gelber, Hua Min Lim and Martin Wright.
None of the Committee’s members had any personal financial interests (other than as shareholders), conflicts of interest arising from cross directorships 
or day-to-day involvement in running the business. The Committee determines the individual remuneration packages of each Executive Director. The Chief 
Executive, Group Finance Director and Group Head of HR attend meetings by invitation and assist the Committee in its deliberations, except when issues 
relating to their own remuneration are discussed. No Directors are involved in deciding their own remuneration. The Committee can call for external reports 
and assistance from third-party experts and independent legal advice may be sought as required.
The Committee reviews the remuneration policy for senior employees below Group Board level, as well as the policy on pay and conditions of employees 
throughout the Group. These are considered when determining Executive Directors’ remuneration.
The Committee met three times in the year. Matters that were considered and discussed included but were not limited to:
	
 Review of information on wider workforce pay including salaries, budgets and incentive outcomes
	
 Review and discussion of the remuneration benchmarking survey
	
 Determination of the remuneration of the Chairman and Executive Directors
	
 Annual review of remuneration for material risk takers across the Group
	
 Review of annual risk and compliance reports on variable pay awards to ensure alignment with the firm’s risk appetite
	
 Review of the general principles of the regulatory Remuneration Policy
	
 Review and approval of the Directors’ Remuneration report for shareholder approval
	
 Review of the Group’s MIFIDPRU 8 governance, remuneration, risk management and financial strength annual public disclosures
	
 Review and approval of the Group’s employee remuneration, variable to fixed pay ratio and malus and clawback policies
	
 Review of the Committee’s terms of reference
External directorships
None of the Executive Directors held external directorships during the current or prior year.
How the Remuneration Policy will be applied for the year from 1 April 2024 onwards
As stated in the Remuneration Committee Chairman’s statement on page 47, a proposed new Directors’ Remuneration Policy, as set out on pages 55  
to 59, will be put to shareholders for approval at the 2024 AGM with immediate effect and will apply for the year to 31 March 2025.
Having exercised its discretionary powers, in approving basic salary increases of 10% to each of the two Executive Directors from 1 April 2023, the 
Committee has approved limited awards to them of an inflation increase of 3% to base salary, with effect from 1 July 2024 in line with similar awards from 
the Group’s senior managers. There are no plans to review the Executive Directors’ salaries before 1 April 2025.
The formulaic bonus pool in which the Executive Directors may participate under the revised policy is expected to be based on 5% of Group profit before 
tax in excess of £600,000 and 15% of Group profit before tax in excess of £1,500,000. The Committee may also award in-year discretionary bonuses for 
the Executive Directors under the existing and new policies to reflect exceptional performance and contribution to the Group. Any such awards made, when 
combined with any allocation from the foregoing bonus pool, may not exceed 100% of the Director’s annual base salary and will be predominantly in 
shares subject to minimum shareholding restrictions.
Walker Crips Group plc – Annual Report and Accounts 2024 
53

Part B – Annual Remuneration Report continued
Fees for the Chairman and Non-Executive Directors
The Group’s approach to setting Non-Executive Directors’ fees is summarised on page 57. These fees are reviewed periodically by the Board and revisions 
were previously made that took effect from 1 April 2023. A summary of fees for Non-Executive Directors in respect of the year ended 31 March 2024  
is as follows:
 
 
 
 
 
Annual Directors’
fees as at
31 March
2024
£
Martin Wright (Board Chairman)
55,000
Clive Bouch (Audit Committee and Remuneration Committee Chairman and Senior Independent Director)
50,000
David Gelber
50,000
Clive Bouch having resigned his Directorship with effect from 27 June 2024, the Board and the Remuneration Committee have decided not to review the 
fees of the Chairman or the remaining Non-Executive Directors at this stage but will review this decision when new Independent Non-executive Directors 
are appointed, as referenced in the Chairman’s statement on page 5.
Martin Wright, the Group Chairman, has a letter of appointment as a Non-Executive Director dated 9 July 2000 and accepted on 10 July 2000 for a term 
of not less than two years commencing on 9 July 2000 and terminable by either party on not less than three months’ notice in writing or otherwise in 
accordance with the Group’s Articles of Association. His fees were increased to £42,559 per annum with effect from his appointment as Chairman on  
9 September 2020 and remained at that level until increased by the Board to £55,000 per annum from 1 April 2023. He is also reimbursed for expenses 
incurred on behalf of the Group. His fees have been payable to Charles Russell Speechlys LLP, in which he was is a partner, quarterly in arrears and are 
subject to VAT. However, since relinquishing his partnership and becoming a Senior Counsel for that firm, his fees have been paid to him directly subject  
to statutory deductions.
David Gelber was appointed as a Non-Executive Director and Chairman of the Group by a letter of agreement dated 11 May 2007 for a term commencing 
on 11 May 2007 of not less than two years and thereafter terminable by either party on at least six months’ notice in writing or otherwise in accordance 
with the Group’s Articles of Association. He stood down as Chairman at the conclusion of the AGM on 9 September 2020 but has continued to serve as 
a Non-Executive Director. His fees, which were set from 1 April 2021 at £42,559 per annum, remained at that level until increased to £50,000 per annum 
from 1 April 2023. He is also reimbursed for expenses incurred on behalf of the Group and receives a contribution by the Group to the SIP.
Hua Min Lim has no formal service agreement with and receives no remuneration from the Group.
Clive Bouch was appointed as a Non-Executive Director and later as Chairman of the Audit Committee by a letter of agreement dated 24 March 2017 for a 
term commencing on 31 March 2017 of not less than three years, save that the appointment could be terminated by either party on at least three months’ 
notice in writing or otherwise in accordance with the Group’s Articles of Association. He replaced Martin Wright as Remuneration Committee Chairman 
and Senior Independent Director on Martin Wright’s appointment as Group Chairman on 9 September 2020. His fees of £38,570 per annum for the year 
remained unchanged from 2021/22 but were increased to £50,000 per annum from 1 April 2023. He was also reimbursed for expenses incurred on behalf 
of the Group and received a contribution by the Group to the SIP. As noted above, Clive resigned from the Board and departed from the Group with effect 
from 27 June 2024.
Directors’ contracts are available for inspection at the Annual General Meeting or on appointment at our London head office.
LTIP for Executive Directors
There are no LTIP arrangements in place at 31 March 2024 or proposed.
Statement of shareholder voting at General Meetings
At the 2023 and 2022 Annual General Meetings, the Directors’ Remuneration report received the following proxy votes from shareholders:
 
Directors’ Remuneration report
 
Number
Percentage
2023 AGM
 
Votes in favour
19,507,009
99.7%
Votes cast against
14,198
0.1%
Abstentions
36,932
0.2%
 
 
2022 AGM
 
Votes in favour
15,483,543
99.9%
Votes cast against
8,424
0.1%
Abstentions
Nil
0.0%
Remuneration report continued
year ended 31 March 2024
54 
Corporate governance 
 Annual Report and Accounts 2024 – Walker Crips Group plc 

Part C – Directors’ Proposed Remuneration Policy – for approval by shareholders at the 2024 AGM
The proposed Remuneration Policy (“the Policy”) set out below is intended to supersede the Remuneration Policy approved by the shareholders at the 2021 
AGM (“the current Policy”) and will be put to shareholders for approval at the 2024 AGM. The Policy is set to apply, subject to shareholders’ approval, from 
the conclusion of the AGM and therefore in respect of the year ending 31 March 2025.
The Policy
The following tables summarise the Company’s policy on each element of remuneration for both the Executive Directors, responsibility for which has 
been delegated by the Board to the Remuneration Committee (referred to in this policy as “the Committee”), and the Non-Executive Directors, whose 
remuneration is a matter reserved for the Board itself.
Executive Directors
Element
Purpose and link  
to strategy
Operation
Maximum 
opportunity
Performance 
conditions
Base Salary
To reflect the value of the 
individual and their role, skills 
and experience over time. 
To provide an appropriate 
level of basic fixed income 
avoiding excessive risk arising 
from over reliance on  
variable income.
Reviewed annually, effective 
from 1 July each year or on 
appointment. Agreed when 
results for the previous year 
have been finalised.
Annual increases are 
normally in line with those 
provided to the wider Group 
employee population 
unless there is a change 
in the Director’s role or 
responsibilities or there is a 
significant divergence from 
market comparatives of 
similar executive directorship 
roles.
n/a.
Annual Profit 
Share – 
discretionary 
allocation from 
annual bonus 
pool.
To incentivise annual delivery 
of financial and operational 
goals when executive 
management achieve targets 
for Group profit before 
tax that are based on the 
Board-approved strategy and 
business plan for increasing 
Group profitability and 
shareholder value.
Determined after results 
for the financial year are 
concluded with Group profit 
before tax being the primary 
metric.
Determination of the 
bonus pool is formulaic and 
calculated by reference to 
the Group’s profit before 
tax. The bonus pool may 
be allocated to individual 
members of the Group’s 
executive management 
team, including Walker 
Crips Group plc Executive 
Directors, entirely at the 
Committee’s discretion. In 
exercising this discretion, 
the Committee will consider 
the individual performance 
of each Executive Director 
and whether non-financial 
conditions and standards of 
conduct have been met.
Currently this bonus is paid 
wholly in cash and not 
subject to clawback and 
deferral conditions, but 
this may be reviewed at a 
later date to introduce such 
conditions.
Executive Directors’ total 
bonuses, whether allocated 
from the bonus pool or 
discretionary, are capped at 
100% of base salary.
The bonus pool is calculated 
based on the achievement 
of Group profit before tax 
targets with performance 
conditions set each year 
by the Committee. The 
conditions will reflect the 
purpose and objectives of  
the Annual Profit Share.
Allocation of the bonus pool 
to participating executives 
will be determined at the 
discretion of the Committee 
on an individual basis 
consistent with the stated 
purpose and operation.
Where performance is 
deemed to be below 
acceptable levels, pay-outs 
will be nil.
Walker Crips Group plc – Annual Report and Accounts 2024 
55

Remuneration report continued
year ended 31 March 2024
Element
Purpose and link  
to strategy
Operation
Maximum 
opportunity
Performance 
conditions
Discretionary 
Bonus
The Committee may make 
a discretionary award to the 
Executive Directors that is 
in addition to any allocation 
from the Annual Profit Share, 
or where no allocation is 
made from the Annual Profit 
Share, to reflect exceptional 
individual performance and 
contribution to the Group.
Determined at the discretion 
of the Committee. A 
minimum of 50% of such 
an award will be made 
in Walker Crips Group plc 
ordinary shares. Any such 
shares awarded will be 
subject to a minimum vesting 
period of three years. Upon 
vesting the shares must be 
held for a further period of 
two years. Such shares will 
also be subject to malus 
and clawback conditions 
including poor conduct 
behaviours, including inability 
to assess the fitness and 
propriety of the individual, 
risk management and 
compliance (both Group and 
individual) failures. In all 
circumstances the recipients 
of share-based awards are 
permitted to dispose of such 
number of shares as required 
to meet any tax and NIC 
obligations arising thereon.
A single award will be made 
to any Executive Director in 
respect of a financial year, 
the value of which will be at 
the Committee’s discretion 
but, when combined with any 
allocation from the Annual 
Profit Share, will not exceed 
100% of the Director’s 
annual base salary.
Exceptional personal 
performance which the 
Committee judges has 
had a significant positive 
effect on minimising the 
impact of adverse external 
factors or enhancing the 
impact of positive factors 
on the Group’s operations 
and financial results and 
preserving shareholder 
value. The criteria to be 
used by the Committee 
to determine whether an 
award should be made 
include exceptional personal 
leadership, exceptional 
financial performance that 
the Committee considers 
is not appropriately 
recognised through 
the Annual Profit Share 
allocations, implementation 
of key strategic initiatives 
deployment of capital, 
and compliance with high 
standards of conduct, 
risk management and 
regulations.
Where performance is 
deemed to be below 
acceptable levels, pay-outs 
will be nil.
Share Incentive 
Plan (“SIP”)
A tax-efficient HMRC-
approved scheme which 
allows the Group to make 
contributions up to amounts 
equal to those by employees, 
including Directors, to 
purchase shares in the 
Company.
Annual contributions are 
made through the payroll 
and tax benefits accrue after 
three years.
Maximum contribution 
of £1,800 per annum by 
Director and Company.
None.
Pension
To provide retirement 
benefits.
Contribution to a pension 
scheme of each Executive 
Director’s choice. HMRC-
approved salary sacrifice 
arrangements in place.
Monthly employer 
contribution of 5-10% of 
base salary in line with a 
similar range for employees.
n/a.
Other Benefits
To provide additional fringe 
benefits.
Life Assurance – four times 
basic salary.
Medical Insurance cover for 
the Executive Director, spouse 
and dependents to age 24.
Permanent Health Insurance.
Continuous upon 
recruitment.
n/a.
Part C – Directors’ Proposed Remuneration Policy – for approval by shareholders at the 2024 AGM continued
The Policy continued
Non-Executive Directors continued
56 
Corporate governance 
 Annual Report and Accounts 2024 – Walker Crips Group plc 

The Policy continued
Non-Executive Directors
Element
Purpose and link  
to strategy
Operation
Maximum 
opportunity
Performance 
conditions
Fees
To reflect the skills and 
experience brought by the 
Director and their role.
Fees consist of a base 
Board fee and fees 
for Chairmanship of 
Committees. Account is 
taken of practice adopted by 
similar-sized companies and 
time commitment.
Fees are reviewed annually. 
Increases are generally 
consistent with inflation 
unless a more significant 
adjustment is required 
to reflect fair market 
comparisons.
n/a.
Benefits
To provide market-related 
benefits to Non-Executive 
Directors.
Benefits include 
reimbursement of 
expenditure incurred in 
connection with their duties, 
grossed up for income tax 
and NI if applicable.
Reasonable costs.
n/a.
Annual Profit Share and Discretionary Bonus
The Annual Profit Share scheme has been established and operated for many years and is regarded as an effective approach to focus Executive Directors 
on profit delivery. The performance conditions are chosen to align the potential for Executive Director variable reward with Group profitability above 
targets set each year by the Committee based on business plans and market guidance. Allocations to individual Directors are wholly at the discretion of the 
Committee to allow for full consideration of non-financial performance matters.
The Discretionary Bonus was introduced on the appointment of Sean Lam as Chief Executive Officer to provide an effective reward mechanism in 
circumstances where the Remuneration Committee considers this appropriate based on financial and non-financial considerations. Such awards are 
subject to good governance requirements of deferral, malus and clawback and seek to incentivise performance and behaviour over the medium term and 
longer term. Sanath Dandeniya is also eligible for such a discretionary award.
Total annual awards under the Annual Profit Share and Discretionary Bonus to each Executive Director will not exceed their annual base salary.
Application of the Remuneration Policy
The charts below indicate the level of remuneration that each Executive Director could receive in the first year to which the Policy applies (i.e. the year to  
31 March 2025), at different levels of performance.
For this purpose, Fixed Pay includes base salary and Company pension contributions at their prevailing rates and taxable benefits at their cost to the 
Company in 2023/24. As both the Annual Profit Share and Discretionary Bonus awards are entirely at the discretion of the Remuneration Committee and 
are capped in aggregate at 100% of base salary, they have been combined as Variable Pay for illustration of the median and maximum levels of total 
remuneration that could be received. No account has been taken of SIP matching share awards.
Minimum
Median
Maximum
Sean Lam (Chief Executive)
Sanath Dandeniya (Group Finance Director)
Minimum
Median
Maximum
£269k
£179k
100%
69%
31%
£390k
£261k
£0k
£0k
100k
£200k
£300k
£100k
£200k
£300k
£400k
£500k
53%
47%
100%
68%
32%
52%
48%
£511k
£344k
Fixed Pay
Variable Pay
Fixed Pay
Variable Pay
Walker Crips Group plc – Annual Report and Accounts 2024 
57

Remuneration report continued
year ended 31 March 2024
Part C – Directors’ Proposed Remuneration Policy – for approval by shareholders at the 2024 AGM continued
Remuneration Committee discretion
In addition to assessing and making judgements on the meeting of performance targets and the appropriate incentives payable, the Committee has 
certain operational discretions available that can be exercised in relation to Executive Directors’ remuneration including, but not limited to:
	
 amending performance conditions following a major corporate event or in circumstances in which the Committee considers that the impact of external 
economic influences is such that the original metrics and/or targets are no longer appropriate or where there is other political uncertainty having a 
significant impact on the business environment to ensure a fair and consistent assessment of performance;
	
 adjusting profit pool thresholds for exceptional items, whether income or expenditure;
	
 deciding whether to apply malus or clawback to an award; and
	
 determining whether a leaver is a “good leaver”.
Where such discretion is exercised, it will be explained in the next Directors’ remuneration report.
Minimum shareholding
A minimum shareholding requirement of 100% of base salary will apply to all Executive Directors. Only those shares (net of any disposals required to meet 
any tax and NIC obligations arising thereon) awarded by the Committee or under the SIP from the date of adoption of the Policy count towards meeting 
the minimum shareholding. Any shares awarded when the Executive Director holds in excess of the minimum requirement will continue to be subject to the 
three-year vesting period and further two-year holding period applied to them.
The minimum shareholding requirement will continue to apply for two years post-employment although the Committee will have discretion to dis-apply 
this in exceptional circumstances. This will be enforced through the retention of any shares subject to the minimum shareholding requirement vesting in an 
escrow account until the expiry of the two-year post-employment period.
For the avoidance of doubt, any shares awarded prior to the adoption of the Policy, and any shares purchased by an Executive Director or family members 
either before or after adoption of the Policy will not count towards the minimum shareholding requirement and will not be subject to any post-employment 
holding period. This will be revisited should the Company introduce a future share-based long-term incentive plan.
Differences in remuneration for Executive Directors compared to other employees
The approach to remuneration for the Executive Directors is generally consistent with that for employees across the Group as a whole. The Group applies  
a consistent remuneration philosophy for employees at all levels.
Fixed pay components for all employees, including specifically for new appointments and promotions to new positions, are benchmarked against relevant 
market comparators and the Committee takes account of the aggregate rate of base salary increase for employees when determining increases in fixed 
pay for Executive Directors. Pension contributions are applicable on the same basis to employees. Employees are eligible for a performance-related annual 
bonus derived from a bonus pool linked to Group profitability and a discretionary bonus on the recommendation of executive management subject to 
Committee approval.
Benchmarking
The Committee takes account of market benchmark data when setting total remuneration packages for Executive Directors. Comparisons are made with 
other FTSE-listed companies of similar size and business profile. Practices in the private client investment management sector, and other related sectors, 
are also considered. Benchmark data is used by the Committee as a reference point, alongside other factors such as the individual’s role and experience, 
and the relative size of the Company and personal performance, rather than as a direct determinant of pay levels.
How the views of shareholders are taken into account
The Committee periodically compares the Directors’ remuneration policy with relevant guidelines and takes account of the results of shareholder votes 
on remuneration. Historically, shareholders have voted overwhelmingly in favour of past Remuneration Reports and the Remuneration Policy, which the 
Committee has accepted as broad endorsement for the approach taken. If any material changes to the remuneration policy are contemplated, the Group 
Chairman or Committee Chairman will consult with major shareholders about these in advance.
Details of votes cast for and against the resolution to approve last year’s remuneration report are provided in Part B of the Directors’ remuneration report. 
If there is a significant vote against any remuneration resolution, the Committee will endeavour to understand the reasons for the lack of support and to 
address shareholders’ concerns.
Consideration of employment conditions elsewhere in the Group
The Group does not operate formal employee consultation on remuneration. However, employees can provide direct feedback on the Group’s 
remuneration policies to their line managers or the Human Resources department. The Committee monitors the effectiveness of the Group’s remuneration 
policy in recruiting, retaining, engaging and motivating employees.
The Committee does not seek to apply fixed ratios between the total remuneration levels of different roles in the Group, as this would prevent it from 
recruiting and retaining the necessary talent in a competitive employment market.
External Non-Executive Director positions
Executive Directors are permitted to serve as Non-Executive Directors of other companies, on the grounds that this can help to broaden the skills and 
experience of the Director, provided any conflicts of interest can be managed effectively and where these duties do not interfere with the individual’s 
ability to perform their duties for the Company.
Where an outside appointment is accepted in furtherance of the Company’s business, any fees received are remitted to the Company.
58 
Corporate governance 
 Annual Report and Accounts 2024 – Walker Crips Group plc 

Approach to remuneration for new Executive Director appointments
The remuneration package for a new Executive Director would be set in accordance with the terms and maximum levels of the Group’s approved 
remuneration policy in force at the time of appointment. The Committee is conscious of the importance of not paying more than is necessary to secure the 
best candidate. However, there may be circumstances in which a higher salary than that of the incumbent needs to be offered to attract a new Director 
into a role. As noted above, the allocation of the formulaic annual bonus is discretionary and it is normal practice for total bonus awards in any year to be 
limited to 100% of base salary.
The Committee may also offer additional cash and/or share-based elements when it considers these to be in the best interests of the Group and 
shareholders, for the purpose of replacing awards or potential foreseeable earnings which are forgone by the individual on becoming an Executive Director. 
This may involve the use of awards made under Rule 9.4.2 of the Listing Rules. In considering any such payments the Committee would take account of the 
amount of remuneration foregone and the nature, vesting dates and any performance requirements attached to the remuneration foregone.
Shareholders will be informed of any such payments and the rationale for these.
For an internal appointment, any deferred pay element awarded in respect of the prior role may be allowed to pay out according to its terms, adjusted as 
relevant to take into account the appointment. In addition, ongoing remuneration obligations existing prior to appointment may be permitted to continue 
where this is considered to be in the best interests of the Group and shareholders.
For external and internal appointments, the Company may meet certain relocation expenses as appropriate.
Service contracts and letters of appointment
Service contracts normally continue until the Director’s agreed retirement date or such other date as the parties agree. The service contracts contain 
provision for early termination. The Company’s policy is for Executive Directors’ notice periods to be limited to six months by either party. Executive 
Directors are not eligible for profit-share or discretionary bonus awards in the year of leaving employment, other than at the discretion of the Committee, 
but any contractual entitlements (salary, pension and benefits) will be calculated on a pro-rata basis.
The Non-Executive Directors are engaged under letters of appointment for a minimum period not exceeding three years and subject to three months’ 
notice or, in the case of David Gelber, six months’ notice by either side thereafter. Hua Min Lim, a Non-Executive Director, has no formal service agreement 
with and receives no remuneration from the Group.
Loss of office payments
If the employing Company wrongfully terminates the employment of an Executive Director without giving the period of notice required under the contract, 
the Executive Director would be entitled to claim recompense for up to six or the agreed term of months’ total fixed pay (i.e., salary, pension contributions 
and benefits). Where an Executive Director is considered by the Committee to be a “good leaver”, circumstances in which the individual leaves because 
of retirement, redundancy, ill-health, death or disability, or otherwise at the Committee’s discretion, the Committee may consider a discretionary award 
of annual variable pay, subject to performance, in respect of the portion of any financial year that the individual has been working with the Company, 
although not for the period of any notice or “garden leave”. Where an Executive Director is considered by the Committee to be a “bad leaver”, any deferred 
awards would be cancelled, at the Committee’s discretion, through the exercise of the malus provisions in the Executive Director’s service contract.
In the event of a change of control of the Company there is no enhancement to these terms.
Legacy arrangements
For the avoidance of doubt, the Directors’ remuneration policy includes any arrangements entered with a Director before 28 June 2012 that are unchanged 
since that date. Any other remuneration or termination payments made to a Director during the currency of this policy will be consistent with the terms of 
this policy. Details of any payments to former Directors will be set out in the implementation section of this report as they arise.
Approval
This report was approved by the Committee and the Board and signed on its behalf by:
David Gelber
Remuneration Committee Chairman
31 July 2024
Walker Crips Group plc – Annual Report and Accounts 2024 
59

The Directors present their Annual Report on the affairs of the Group, together with the financial statements and Auditor’s report, for the year ended  
31 March 2024.
Results and dividends
Results, distributions and retained profits are as follows:
 
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Retained earnings at 1 April
10,104 
10,303
Profit/(loss) for the year after
368 
418
taxation Dividends paid
(213) 
(617)
Retained earnings at 31 March
10,259 
10,104
The Directors, having considered the investments needed to improve the Group’s Operational and regulatory control framework and Group’s liquidity 
requirements, recommend the payment of a final dividend of 0.25 pence per share (2023: 0.25 pence). The proposed final dividend is subject  
to shareholder approval at the AGM on 27 September 2024. If approved by shareholders, this will be paid on 4 October 2024 to shareholders on the 
Company’s shareholder register at the close of business on 19 September 2024. The total dividend paid and proposed in the year was 0.50 pence per  
share (2023: 0.50 pence).
Capital structure
Details of the Group’s share capital are shown in note 28. The Group has one class of Ordinary Share which carries no right to fixed income. Each share 
carries the right to one vote at general meetings of the Group.
There are no specific restrictions on the size of a holding nor on the transfer of shares, which are both governed by the general provisions of the Articles  
of Association and prevailing legislation. The Directors are not aware of any agreements between holders of the Group’s shares that may result in 
restrictions on the transfer of securities or on voting rights.
Where shares have been issued as consideration to new investment advisers in return for the rights to or purchase of a client list upon commencement with 
the Group, these shares are restricted from sale for periods of four to six years.
No person has any special rights of control over the Group’s share capital and all issued shares are fully paid.
With regard to the appointment and replacement of Directors, the Group is governed by its Articles of Association, the UK Corporate Governance Code,  
the Companies Acts and related legislation. The Articles themselves may be amended by a special resolution of the shareholders.
Brief biographies of the Directors eligible and standing for election at the Annual General Meeting are set out on pages 34 to 35.
Directors’ interests
Directors’ emoluments and beneficial interests in the shares of the Company are disclosed in the Directors’ Remuneration report on page 51. Other than 
noted on page 61, there are no other situations where a Director had a material interest in a contract to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries was  
a party (other than their own service contract), requiring disclosure under the Companies Act 2006.
Related party transactions
Details of related party transactions are disclosed in note 32.
Ethical responsibility
Our clients specify any ethical preferences that they have when we construct their investment portfolios or make individual recommendations. We actively 
support the professional institutes and trade associations of which we are members to promote a strong ethical code of conduct.
Employment policy
We are committed to the principle of equality and equal opportunities in employment. We are opposed to any form of less favourable treatment or 
financial reward through direct or indirect discrimination, harassment, victimisation to employees or job applicants on the grounds of age, race, religion or 
belief, marriage or civil partnership, pregnancy or maternity, sex, sexual orientation, gender reassignment or disability.
We recognise our obligations under the Equality Act 2010 and The Codes of Practice published by the Equality and Human Rights Commission and the 
European Commission for the elimination of discrimination on the grounds of age, disability, gender reassignment, race, religion or belief, sex, sexual 
orientation, marriage and civil partnership, maternity and pregnancy and for the elimination of discrimination in pay between men and women who do the 
same work.
We report that at 31 March 2024: No Directors of the Group’s Parent Company were women (2023: nil); 32% of senior managers, being individuals with 
responsibility for planning, directing or controlling, were women (2023: 24%); and 38% of the Group’s employees were women (2023: 38%).
Directors’ report
for the year ended 31 March 2024
60 
Corporate governance 
 Annual Report and Accounts 2024 – Walker Crips Group plc 

Health and safety policy
The Board has a policy of adopting procedures, appropriate to its activities, to monitor, maintain and, where relevant, improve health and safety standards 
to safeguard the Group’s staff.
None of the Group’s activities involve any significant health and safety risks. During the year there were no injuries, illnesses or dangerous occurrences 
which needed to be reported under the Reporting of Injuries, Diseases and Dangerous Occurrences Regulations 1995. Eligible employees can benefit from 
the Group’s permanent health insurance scheme in the event of long-term illness preventing them from carrying out their function.
Insurance and indemnification of Directors
The Group has put in place insurance to cover its Directors and officers which gives appropriate cover for legal action brought against any of them.  
In addition, the Group’s Articles of Association provide for the ability of the Group to grant qualifying third-party indemnity provisions (as defined in 
section 234 of the Companies Act 2006) for the benefit of the Directors in relation to certain losses and liabilities which they may incur (or have incurred)  
in connection with their duties, powers or office.
Ordinary and special business
Resolutions will be placed before the Annual General Meeting to confer authority on the Group to allot equity securities of up to an aggregate nominal 
amount of £946,162 and to authorise and empower the Group to allot equity securities.
The Companies Act 2006 permits a public group to purchase its own shares in accordance with the powers contained in its Articles of Association and 
with the authority of a resolution of shareholders. The Directors believe that the Group should be authorised to take advantage of these provisions and, 
therefore, pursuant to the power contained in the Group’s Articles of Association, it is intended to propose a special resolution at the forthcoming Annual 
General Meeting to confer authority on the Group to purchase up to a maximum in aggregate of 10% of the Ordinary Shares of 62/3 pence each in the 
share capital of the Group at a price or prices which will not be less than 62/3 pence and which will not be more than 5% above the average of the middle 
market quotation derived from the London Stock Exchange Daily Official List for the 10 business days before the relevant purchase is made.
The authority was given at the last Annual General Meeting of the Group for a period expiring at the conclusion of the next Annual General Meeting. It is 
the Directors’ intention that a resolution for its renewal will be proposed at each succeeding Annual General Meeting. The Directors will only make use of 
the authority when satisfied that it is in the interest of the Group to do so. Shareholders should note that any Ordinary Shares purchased by the Group will 
either be cancelled and the number of Ordinary Shares in issue will accordingly be reduced or will be held as treasury shares.
Financial instruments and risk management
The risk management objectives and policies of the Group are set out in note 24 to the financial statements.
Substantial shareholdings
As at 31 March 2024, there were no interests, excluding those of Directors, in excess of 3% of the Ordinary Share capital of the Group.
 
Number
Percentage
L. W. S. Lim
3,496,694
8.21
L. W. Y. Lim
3,496,694
8.21
L. W. J. Lim
3,496,692
8.21
As at 30 June 2024, the following interests, excluding those of Directors, in excess of 3% of the Ordinary Share capital of the Group were held:
 
Number
Percentage
L. W. S. Lim
3,496,694
8.21
L. W. Y. Lim
3,496,694
8.21
L. W. J. Lim
3,496,692
8.21
MIFIDPRU 8 disclosures
The Group’s disclosures are published annually on our website and provide further details about our Remuneration Policy and practices and regulatory 
capital resources and requirements.
Carbon emission reporting
The Board recognises its responsibility to help protect the planet. We are committed to minimising the Group’s environmental impact and to support those 
working to improve global environmental sustainability. The Group’s environmental strategy and carbon emissions are reported within the Environmental 
strategy report on pages 30 to 33.
Walker Crips Group plc – Annual Report and Accounts 2024 
61

Directors’ report continued
for the year ended 31 March 2024
Audit information
Each of the persons who is a Director at the date of approval of this Annual Report confirms that:
	
 so far as the Director is aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the Group’s auditor is unaware;
	
 the Director has taken all the steps that they ought to have taken as a Director in order to make themselves aware of any relevant audit information and 
to establish that the Group’s auditor is aware of that information; and
	
 a resolution to reappoint the auditor, PKF Littlejohn LLP, will be put to the AGM on 27 September 2024.
Auditor
PKF Littlejohn LLP has signified its willingness to continue in office as auditor.
Going concern
The Group’s forecasts and projections show sufficient cash resources, working capital and regulatory financial resources for its present requirements 
covering a period extending more than 12 months (see note 2 on page 74 for further details). Accordingly, the Directors continue to adopt the going 
concern basis for the preparation of the financial statements.
Subsequent events
Details of significant events occurring after the end of the reporting period are given in note 34.
Approval
This report has been approved by the Board and signed on its behalf by:
Sanath Dandeniya FCCA
Director
31 July 2024
62 
Corporate governance 
 Annual Report and Accounts 2024 – Walker Crips Group plc 

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the financial statements in accordance with applicable law and regulations.
Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial statements for each financial year. Under that law the Directors are required to prepare the Group 
financial statements in accordance with UK-adopted International Accounting Standards (“IAS”) in conformity with the requirements of the Companies 
Act 2006, and have elected to prepare the Company financial statements in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice 
(United Kingdom Accounting Standards and applicable law). Under company law, the Directors must not approve the financial statements unless they are 
satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Group and Company and of the profit or loss for the Group for that period.
In preparing these financial statements, the Directors are required to:
	
 select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;
	
 make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable and prudent;
	
 state whether the financial statements of the Group have been prepared in accordance with UK-adopted International Accounting Standards in 
conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006, subject to any material departures disclosed and explained in the financial statements;
	
 state whether applicable UK Accounting Standards have been followed in the preparation of the Company financial statements, subject to any material 
departures disclosed and explained in the financial statements;
	
 prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Group and Company will continue in business; 
and
	
 prepare a Directors’ report, a Strategic report and Directors’ Remuneration report which comply with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.
The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the Group’s transactions and disclose with 
reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the Group and enable them to ensure that the financial statements comply with the Companies 
Act 2006. They are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Group and Company and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and 
detection of fraud and other irregularities.
The Directors confirm that the Annual Report and Accounts, taken as a whole, are fair, balanced, and understandable and provide the information 
necessary for shareholders to assess the Group’s position and performance, business model and strategy.
Website publication
The Directors are responsible for ensuring the Annual Report and the financial statements are made available on a website. Financial statements are 
published on the Company’s website in accordance with legislation in the United Kingdom governing the preparation and dissemination of financial 
statements, which may vary from legislation in other jurisdictions. The maintenance and integrity of the Company’s website is the responsibility of the 
Directors. The Directors’ responsibility also extends to the ongoing integrity of the financial statements contained therein.
Directors’ responsibilities pursuant to DTR4
The Directors confirm to the best of their knowledge:
The Group financial statements have been prepared in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards in conformity with the 
requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit and loss of the Group.
The Annual Report includes a fair review of the development and performance of the business and the financial position of the Group and the Parent 
Company, together with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties that they face.
Approval
This report has been approved by the Board and signed on its behalf by:
Sanath Dandeniya FCCA
Director
31 July 2024
Statement of Directors’ responsibilities
for the year ended 31 March 2024
Walker Crips Group plc – Annual Report and Accounts 2024 
63

64 
Financial statements 
 Annual Report and Accounts 2024 – Walker Crips Group plc 
Opinion
We have audited the financial statements of Walker Crips Group plc (the ‘parent company’) and its subsidiaries (the ‘group’) for the year ended  
31 March 2024 which comprise the consolidated income statement, the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, the consolidated statement 
of financial position, the consolidated statement of cash flows, the consolidated statement of changes in equity, the parent company balance sheet, the 
parent company statement of changes in equity and notes to the accounts, including significant accounting policies. The financial reporting framework 
that has been applied in the preparation of the group financial statements is applicable law and UK-adopted international accounting standards. The 
financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of the parent company financial statements is applicable law and United Kingdom 
Accounting Standards, including FRS 102 “The Financial Reporting Standard applicable in the UK and Republic of Ireland” (United Kingdom Generally 
Accepted Accounting Practice).
In our opinion:
	
 the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the group’s and of the parent company’s affairs as at 31 March 2024 and of the 
group’s profit for the year then ended;
	
 the group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards;
	
 the parent company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice; 
and
	
 the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.
Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. Our responsibilities under those 
standards are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our report. We are independent of the 
group and parent company in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial statements in the UK, including 
the FRC’s Ethical Standard as applied to listed public interest entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these 
requirements. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.
Conclusions relating to going concern
In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the director’s use of the going concern basis of accounting in the preparation of the financial 
statements is appropriate. Our evaluation of the directors’ assessment of the group’s and parent company’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern 
basis of accounting included:
	
 Confirming our understanding of management’s going concern assessment process. We also engaged with management to ensure all key factors were 
considered in their assessment.
	
 Obtaining management’s going concern assessment, including the cash forecast for a period exceeding twelve months from the date on which the 
financial statements were approved by the directors.
	
 Reviewing and assessing the key assumptions and inputs included in the cash forecast for appropriateness; and
	
 Reviewing the group’s going concern disclosures included in the annual report in order to evaluate whether the disclosures were appropriate and in 
conformity with the reporting standards.
Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties relating to events or conditions that, individually or collectively, 
may cast significant doubt on the group’s or parent company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a period of at least twelve months from when the 
financial statements are authorised for issue.
In relation to the entities reporting on how they have applied the UK Corporate Governance Code, we have nothing material to add or draw attention  
to in relation to the directors’ statement in the financial statements about whether the directors considered it appropriate to adopt the going concern basis 
of accounting.
Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the directors with respect to going concern are described in the relevant sections of this report.
Our application of materiality
The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. We determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole to be £237,000 
(2023: £158,000) for the consolidated financial statements using 0.75% (2023: 0.5%) of group revenue based on the 31 March 2024 financial statements. 
We consider group revenue to be the most stable benchmark and the most relevant determinant of the group’s performance used by shareholders.
Materiality for the parent company financial statements was set at £116,000 (2023: £112,000). Each significant component of the group was audited to an 
overall materiality ranging between £30,000 and £201,000 (2023: between £7,000 and £137,000).
We use performance materiality to reduce to an appropriately low level the probability that the aggregate of uncorrected and undetected misstatements 
exceeds overall materiality. Specifically, we use performance materiality in determining the scope of our audit and the nature and extent of our testing 
of account balances, classes of transactions and disclosures. Performance materiality for the group was set at 75% (2023: 70%) of overall materiality at 
£177,000 (2023: £110,600). Performance materiality for the parent company was set at 75% at £87,000 (2023:78,400). Performance materiality was also 
set at 75% (2023: 70%) of overall materiality for each significant component.
We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to the Committee all audit differences in excess of 5% (2023: 5%) of overall materiality at 
£11,800 (2023: £7,900) as well as differences below that threshold that, in our view, warranted reporting on qualitative grounds.
We reassessed materiality at the end of the audit and did not find it necessary to revise our planning materiality.
Independent auditor’s report
to the members of Walker Crips Group plc

Walker Crips Group plc – Annual Report and Accounts 2024 
65
Our approach to the audit
Our audit approach was developed by obtaining an understanding of the group’s activities and the key subjective judgements made by the directors.  
In particular, we looked at areas involving significant accounting estimates, and considered future events that are inherently uncertain. We considered  
the areas of significant accounting estimates and judgement to be impairment of goodwill and impairment of intangible assets.
Based on this understanding we assessed those aspects of the group’s transactions and balances which were most likely to give rise to a material 
misstatement and were most susceptible to irregularities including fraud or error. Specifically, we identified what we considered to be key audit matters and 
planned our audit approach accordingly.
All the subsidiaries of the group (components) are based in the UK and we have responsibility for the audit of all components included in the consolidated 
financial statements. The group consists of eight components. Five of the components were determined to be significant components and were subject to 
full scope audits. The remaining components were considered to be non-significant components. We performed analytical procedures and specific audit 
procedures were performed on material balances.
Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the financial statements of the current 
period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) we identified, including those which had the 
greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy, the allocation of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters 
were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate 
opinion on these matters.
Area
Key audit matter
How our scope addressed this matter
Revenue recognition
Refer to notes 3 
(accounting policy) 
and 5 (financial 
disclosures) of the 
group financial 
statements.
Revenue is the most relevant determinant of 
the group’s performance used by shareholders. 
Inaccurate or incomplete revenue could have a 
material impact on group performance.
The group’s revenue amounting to £31,574,000 
(2023: £31,612,000) consists of broking income 
and non-broking income from the following 
activities:
	
 Stockbroking;
	
 Investment management;
	
 Wealth management;
	
 Pensions administration; and
	
 Interest income
For broking income, there is a significant risk that 
the IT system does not record trades accurately.
For non-broking income, there is a significant risk 
that the calculation is not in accordance with the 
signed agreements or contracts.
We obtained an understanding and evaluated the design and 
implementation of controls that the group has established in relation 
to the recognition of revenue.
We placed reliance on IT controls operating effectively on the group’s 
systems. In addition, we tested key manual controls in the revenue 
business cycle in Walker Crips Investment Management Limited 
(“WCIM”), Walker Crips Financial Planning Limited (“WCFP”), EBOR 
Trustees Limited (“EBOR”) and Barker Poland Asset Management LLP 
(“BPAM”) to ensure they were operating effectively.
We also performed the following tests of details tailored to each 
revenue stream:
Broking income
	
 We used data analytics to verify the commission balances in the 
underlying system. The commissions revenue data was extracted 
and reconciled to the figures in the final statements providing 
assurance over completeness of the balance;
	
 For a sample of trade commissions, compliance charges and other 
commissions, we traced revenue recorded to contract notes and 
deductions from client accounts; and
	
 We sample tested key controls to ensure these were operating 
effectively including monthly reconciliations, approval of client 
fees by the Investment Manager, approval of client fee changes 
on the IT system and approval of manual adjustments.
Non-broking income
	
 The client fees data was extracted and reconciled to the figures 
in the final statements providing assurance over completeness of 
the balance;
	
 For a sample of fees, we obtained invoices and rate confirmation 
letters/signed client agreements to agree the amount, cut off and 
% fee applied to the client’s Assets Under Management (“AUM”), 
as well as tracing the revenue to deductions from client accounts 
or bank receipts. The share prices used for AUM valuations in the 
sample were agreed to third-party sources such as the London 
Stock Exchange; and
	
 We agreed a sample of accrued fees at the year end to invoices to 
recalculate the amount accrued, as well as tracing post year end 
settlement to deduction from the client accounts or bank receipts.
Key observations:
Based on the procedures performed, we did not identify any material 
misstatements in relation to revenue.

66 
Financial statements 
 Annual Report and Accounts 2024 – Walker Crips Group plc 
Independent auditor’s report continued
to the members of Walker Crips Group plc
Area
Key audit matter
How our scope addressed this matter
Impairment of 
goodwill
Refer to notes 4 
(accounting policy) 
and 16 (financial 
disclosures) of the 
group financial 
statements.
Goodwill amounting to £4,388,000 (2023: 
£4,388,000) arose from the acquisitions of 
London York Fund Management Limited and 
Barker Poland Asset Management LLP in previous 
years.
Impairment of goodwill is considered a 
significant risk as significant judgement is 
required to be exercised by the directors in 
determining the underlying assumptions used in 
the annual impairment reviews. Key assumptions 
include discount rate, long-term growth rates, 
Enterprise Value/ Asset Under Management 
(“EV/AUM”) and Price/Earnings (“P/E”) ratios. 
The significant judgement in assumptions gives 
rise to the risk of material misstatement in the 
carrying value of goodwill.
We obtained an understanding and tested the design and 
implementation of the group’s controls over the goodwill impairment 
assessment process.
We evaluated the appropriateness of management’s identification  
of the group’s cash-generating units.
We challenged management on the appropriateness of the 
impairment models and reasonableness of the assumptions used 
through performing the following:
	
 Benchmarked the group’s key market-related assumptions in the 
models, including discount rates, long-term growth rates, EV/AUM 
and P/E ratios, against external data;
	
 Assessed the reliability of any forecasts through a review of actual 
past performance and compared to previous forecasts;
	
 Tested the mathematical accuracy of the models and performed 
sensitivity analyses of the forecasts;
	
 Assessed and challenged management’s sensitivity analysis 
showing the impact of a plausible changes in underlying 
assumptions;
	
 Performed our own sensitivity analysis using a range of plausible 
assumptions; and
	
 Evaluated the adequacy of the disclosures within the financial 
statements.
Key observations:
Based on the procedures performed, we consider management’s 
assessment of no impairment on goodwill to be reasonable and  
did not identify any material misstatements in the impairment  
of goodwill.
Recognition and 
Impairment of 
intangible assets 
(client lists)
Refer to notes 4 
(accounting policy) 
and 17 (financial 
disclosures) of the 
group financial 
statements.
Intangible assets (Client lists) amounting to 
£3,596,000 (2023: £4,507,000) arise in respect 
of acquired client lists.
Impairment of intangible assets (client lists) 
is material and there is significant judgement 
exercised by the directors in assessing whether 
the estimated useful life is appropriate.
We obtained an understanding and tested the design and 
implementation of the group’s controls over the intangibles 
impairment assessment process.
For intangible assets (client lists), we performed the following:
	
 Verified amounts capitalised in the year against supporting 
agreements (contract notes);
	
 Performed an assessment on the appropriateness of the  
useful life;
	
 Reviewed and challenged management’s assessment of 
impairment indicators, considering both internal and external 
sources of information; and
	
 Assessed the sufficiency of the sensitivity analyses performed by 
management, focusing on what we considered to be plausible 
changes in key assumptions.
	
 Review of the financial statements of disclosure and agree to 
supporting evidence.
Key observations:
Based on the procedures performed, we did not identify any material 
misstatements in the impairment of intangible assets (client lists).

Walker Crips Group plc – Annual Report and Accounts 2024 
67
Other information
The other information comprises the information included in the annual report, other than the financial statements and our auditor’s report thereon.  
The directors are responsible for the other information contained within the annual report. Our opinion on the group and parent company financial 
statements does not cover the other information and, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in our report, we do not express any form of 
assurance conclusion thereon. Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially 
inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the course of the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If we 
identify such material inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we are required to determine whether this gives rise to a material misstatement 
in the financial statements themselves. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other 
information, we are required to report that fact.
We have nothing to report in this regard.
Opinions on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006
In our opinion the part of the directors’ remuneration report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006.
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit:
	
 the information given in the strategic report and the directors’ report for the financial year for which the financial statements are prepared is consistent 
with the financial statements; and
	
 the strategic report and the directors’ report have been prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements.
Matters on which we are required to report by exception
In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the group and the parent company and their environment obtained in the course of the audit, we have 
not identified material misstatements in the strategic report or the directors’ report.
We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to which the Companies Act 2006 requires us to report to you if, in our opinion:
	
 adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received from branches not 
visited by us; or
	
 the parent company financial statements and the part of the directors’ remuneration report to be audited are not in agreement with the accounting 
records and returns; or
	
 certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or
	
 we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit.
Corporate governance statement
We have reviewed the directors’ statement in relation to going concern, longer-term viability and that part of the Corporate Governance Statement relating 
to the group’s and parent company’s compliance with the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code specified for our review by the Listing Rules.
Based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have concluded that each of the following elements of the Corporate Governance Statement is 
materially consistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained during the audit:
	
 Directors’ statement with regards the appropriateness of adopting the going concern basis of accounting and any material uncertainties identified set 
out on page 42;
	
 Directors’ explanation as to its assessment of the entity’s prospects, the period this assessment covers and why the period is appropriate on page 41;
	
 Directors’ statement on whether they have a reasonable expectation that the group will be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities set out 
on page 63;
	
 Directors’ statement that they consider the annual report and the financial statements, taken as a whole, to be fair, balanced and understandable set 
out on page 63;
	
 Board’s confirmation that it has carried out a robust assessment of the emerging and principal risks set out on page 40;
	
 The section of the annual report that describes the review of effectiveness of risk management and internal control systems set out on page 40; and
	
 The section describing the work of the audit committee set out on page 43.
Responsibilities of directors
As explained more fully in the statement of directors’ responsibilities, the directors are responsible for the preparation of the group and parent company 
financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for such internal control as the directors determine is necessary to 
enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.
In preparing the group and parent company financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the group’s and the parent company’s ability 
to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the 
directors either intend to liquidate the group or the parent company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

68 
Financial statements 
 Annual Report and Accounts 2024 – Walker Crips Group plc 
Independent auditor’s report continued
to the members of Walker Crips Group plc
Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due 
to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance but is not a guarantee that an 
audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and 
are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the 
basis of these financial statements.
Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations. We design procedures in line with our responsibilities, outlined 
above, to detect material misstatements in respect of irregularities, including fraud. The extent to which our procedures are capable of detecting 
irregularities, including fraud is detailed below:
	
 We obtained an understanding of the group and parent company and the sector in which they operate to identify laws and regulations that could reasonably 
be expected to have a direct effect on the financial statements. We obtained our understanding in this regard through discussions with management, 
industry research, application of cumulative audit knowledge and experience of the investment management and wealth management sectors.
	
 We determined the principal laws and regulations relevant to the group and parent company in this regard to be those arising from the Companies Act 
2006, Listing Rules, Corporate Governance Code, the rules of the Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”) and the financial reporting framework. Several 
components within the group are authorised and regulated by the FCA and we considered the extent to which non-compliance with the FCA regulations 
might have a material effect on the group’s financial statements.
	
 We designed our audit procedures to ensure the audit team considered whether there were any indications of non-compliance by the group and parent 
company with those laws and regulations. These procedures included but were not limited to making enquiries of management and those responsible 
for legal and compliance matters, review of minutes of the Board and papers provided to the audit committee to identify any indications of non-
compliance, review of legal correspondence and review of regulatory correspondence with the FCA.
	
 We also identified the possible risks of material misstatement of the financial statements due to fraud. We considered, in addition to the non-rebuttable 
presumption of a risk of fraud arising from management override of controls, that there was a potential for management bias in relation to the revenue 
recognition, impairment of goodwill and recognition and impairment of intangibles (client lists). We addressed this by challenging the assumptions and 
judgements made by management when auditing that significant accounting estimates.
	
 As in all of our audits, we addressed the risk of fraud arising from management override of controls by performing audit procedures which included but 
were not limited to: the testing of journals; reviewing accounting estimates for evidence of bias; and evaluating the business rationale of any significant 
transactions that are unusual or outside the normal course of business.
Because of the inherent limitations of an audit, there is a risk that we will not detect all irregularities, including those leading to a material misstatement 
in the financial statements or non-compliance with regulation. This risk increases the more that compliance with a law or regulation is removed from the 
events and transactions reflected in the financial statements, as we will be less likely to become aware of instances of non-compliance. The risk is also greater 
regarding irregularities occurring due to fraud rather than error, as fraud involves intentional concealment, forgery, collusion, omission or misrepresentation.
A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the Financial Reporting Council’s website at:  
www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditor’s report..
Other matters which we are required to address
We were appointed by the Audit Committee on 14 December 2020 to audit the financial statements for the period ending 31 March 2021 and subsequent 
financial periods. Our total uninterrupted period of engagement is 4 years, covering the periods ending 31 March 2021 and 31 March 2024.
The non-audit services prohibited by the FRC’s Ethical Standard were not provided to the group or the parent company and we remain independent of the 
group and the parent company in conducting our audit.
In addition to the audit, we provided CASS audit services to three subsidiaries within the group. CASS audit services are audit-related services and the 
threat to auditor independence is deemed to be insignificant.
We do not consider there to be any other threats that may impair our objectivity and independence.
Our audit opinion is consistent with the additional report to the Audit Committee.
Use of our report
This report is made solely to the parent company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006. Our audit 
work has been undertaken so that we might state to the parent company’s members those matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s report 
and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone, other than the parent company and 
the parent company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.
Carmine Papa 
Senior Statutory Auditor
For an on behalf of PKF Littlejohn LLP 	
Statutory Auditor 	
15 Westferry Circus 
Canary Wharf 
London 
E14 4HD
31 July 2024

Walker Crips Group plc – Annual Report and Accounts 2024 
69
Consolidated income statement
year ended 31 March 2024
 
Note
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Revenue
5
31,574
31,612
Commissions and fees paid
7
(5,769)
(7,264)
Gross profit
25,805
24,348
Administrative expenses
8
(25,967)
(23,169)
Exceptional items
9
225
(554)
Operating profit
63
625
Investment revenue
10
446
95
Finance costs
11
(122)
(88)
Profit before tax
387
632
Taxation
13
(19)
(214)
Profit for the year attributable to equity holders of the Parent Company
368
418
Earnings per share
Basic and diluted
15
0.86p
0.98p
The following Accounting Policies and Notes form part of these financial statements.

70 
Financial statements 
 Annual Report and Accounts 2024 – Walker Crips Group plc 
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
year ended 31 March 2024
 2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Profit for the year
368
418
Total comprehensive income for the year attributable to equity holders of the Parent Company
368
418
The following Accounting Policies and Notes form part of these financial statements.

Walker Crips Group plc – Annual Report and Accounts 2024 
71
 
Note
2024
£’000 
2023
£’000 
Non-current assets
Goodwill
16
 4,388
 4,388
Other intangible assets
17
3,741
4,648
Property, plant and equipment
18
 815
 989
Right-of-use assets
19
 2,075
 2,340
Total non-current assets
 11,019
 12,365
Current assets
Trade and other receivables
21
31,902
36,301
Investments – fair value through profit or loss
20
 538
 1,276
Cash and cash equivalents
22
13,863
13,138
Total current assets
46,303
50,715
Total assets
57,322
63,080
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
25
 (31,961)
 (36,849)
Current tax liabilities
(242)
(269)
Deferred tax liabilities
23
 (260)
 (371)
Provisions
26
(355)
(878)
Lease liabilities
27
 (718)
 (341)
Deferred cash consideration
35
(25)
(94)
Total current liabilities
 (33,561)
 (38,802)
Net current assets
12,742
11,913
Long-term liabilities
Deferred cash consideration
35
 (15)
 (71)
Lease liabilities
27
 (1,736)
 (2,389)
Provision
26
 (689)
 (652)
Total non-current liabilities
 (2,440)
 (3,112)
Net assets
21,321
21,166
Equity
Share capital
28
 2,888
 2,888
Share premium account
28
 3,763
 3,763
Own shares
29
 (312)
 (312)
Retained earnings
29
10,259
10,104
Other reserves
29
 4,723
 4,723
Equity attributable to equity holders of the Parent Company
21,321
21,166
The following Accounting Policies and Notes form part of these financial statements.
The financial statements of Walker Crips Group plc (Company registration no. 01432059) were approved by the Board of Directors and authorised for issue 
on 31 July 2024.
Signed on behalf of the Board of Directors
Sanath Dandeniya FCCA
Director
31 July 2024
Consolidated statement of financial position
as at 31 March 2024

72 
Financial statements 
 Annual Report and Accounts 2024 – Walker Crips Group plc 
 
Note
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Operating activities
Cash generated from operations
30
970
3,539
Tax paid
 (157)
 (120)
Net cash generated from operating activities
813
3,419
Investing activities
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
(114)
(150)
Sale/(Purchase) of investments held for trading
642
(205)
Consideration paid on acquisition of intangible assets
(104)
(183)
Dividends received
10
19
47
Interest received
10
 427
 48
Net cash generated from/(used in) investing activities
870
(443)
Financing activities
Dividends paid
14
 (213)
 (617)
Interest paid
11
 (23)
 (2)
Repayment of lease liabilities**
 (623)
 (246)
Repayment of lease interest**
 (99)
 (86)
Net cash used in financing activities
(958)
(951)
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
725
2,025
Net cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
13,138
11,113
Net cash and cash equivalents at end of period
13,863
13,138
**	 Total repayment of lease liabilities under IFRS 16 in the period was £722,000 (2023: £332,000).
The following Accounting Policies and Notes form part of these financial statements.
Consolidated statement of cash flows
year ended 31 March 2024

Walker Crips Group plc – Annual Report and Accounts 2024 
73
 
 Share 
capital 
£’000 
Share 
premium 
account
£’000 
Own 
shares 
held
£’000 
Capital 
redemption
£’000 
Other
£’000 
Retained 
earnings
£’000 
Total 
equity
 £’000 
Equity as at 31 March 2022
 2,888 
 3,763 
 (312)
 111 
 4,612 
 10,303 
21,365
Comprehensive income for the year
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 418
 418
Total comprehensive income for the year
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 418
 418
Contributions by and distributions to owners
 
Dividends paid
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 (617)
 (617)
Total contributions by and distributions to owners
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 (617)
 (617)
Equity as at 31 March 2023
 2,888
3,763
(312)
111
4,612
10,104
21,166
Comprehensive income for the year
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 368
368
Total comprehensive income for the year
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 368
 368
Contributions by and distributions to owners
 
Dividends paid
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 (213)
 (213)
Total contributions by and distributions to owners
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 (213)
 (213)
Equity as at 31 March 2024
 2,888
3,763
(312)
111
4,612
10,259
21,321
The following Accounting Policies and Notes form part of these financial statements.
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
year ended 31 March 2024

74 
Financial statements 
 Annual Report and Accounts 2024 – Walker Crips Group plc 
1. General information
Walker Crips Group plc (“the Company”) is the Parent Company of the Walker Crips group of companies (“the Company”). The Company is a public limited 
company incorporated in the United Kingdom under the Companies Act 2006 and listed on the London Stock Exchange. The Group is registered in England 
and Wales. The address of the registered office is Old Change House, 128 Queen Victoria Street, London EC4V 4BJ.
The significant accounting policies have been disclosed below. The accounting policies for the Group and the Company are consistent unless otherwise stated.
2. Basis of preparation
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards in conformity with the 
requirements of the Companies Act 2006.
The principal accounting policies adopted in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements are set out in note 3. The policies have been 
consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated.
The consolidated financial statements are presented in GBP Sterling (£). Amounts shown are rounded to the nearest thousand, unless stated otherwise.
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis, except for certain financial instruments that are measured at 
fair value, and are presented in Pounds Sterling, which is the currency of the primary economic environment in which the Group operates. The principal 
accounting policies adopted are set out below and have been applied consistently to all periods presented in the consolidated financial statements.
The preparation of financial statements requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires management to exercise its judgement  
in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. The areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions 
and estimates are significant to the consolidated financial statements, are disclosed in note 4.
There are a number of standards, amendments to standards, and interpretations which have been issued by the IASB that are effective in future 
accounting periods that the Group has decided not to adopt early.
The following amendments are effective for the period beginning on or after 1 January 2024:
	
 IFRS 16 Leases (Amendment – Liability in a Sale and Leaseback).
	
 IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements (Amendment – Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-current).
	
 IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements (Amendment – Non-current Liabilities with Covenants).
The Group is currently assessing the impact of these new accounting standards and amendments. The Group does not believe that the amendments  
to IAS 1 will have a significant impact on the classification of its liabilities, as it does not have convertible debt instruments.
The Group does not expect any other standards issued by the IASB, but not yet effective, to have a material impact on the Group.
Going concern
The financial statements of the Group have been prepared on a going concern basis. At 31 March 2024, the Group had net assets of £21.3 million (2023: 
£21.2 million), net current assets of £12.7 million (2023: £11.9 million) and cash and cash equivalents of £13.9 million (2023: £13.1 million). The Group 
reported an operating profit of £63,000 for the year ended 31 March 2024 (2023: £625,000), inclusive of operating exceptional income of £225,000 
(2023: operating exceptional expense of £554,000), and net cash inflows from operating activities of £0.9 million (2023: £3.5 million).
The Directors consider the going concern basis to be appropriate following their assessment of the Group’s financial position and its ability to meet its 
obligations as and when they fall due. In making the going concern assessment the Directors have considered:
	
 The Group’s three-year base case projections based on current strategy, trading performance, expected future profitability, liquidity, capital solvency 
and dividend policy.
	
 The outcome of stress scenarios applied to the Group’s base case projections prior to deployment of management actions.
	
 The principal risks facing the Group and its systems of risk management and internal control.
	
 The Group’s ability to generate positive operating cash flow during the year to 31 March 2024 and projected future cash flows.
Key assumptions that the Directors have made in preparing the base case projections are:
	
 Trading commission is expected to be flat for the foreseeable future and management fee growth expectation of 2.5% has been set, while also having 
adjusted for expected client attrition in respect of the recent self-employed investment manager departures (see Finance Director’s review).
	
 UK base rate to remain at 5.25% for a main part of 2024 and see a gradual reduction over the next 24 months to 4%.
	
 Inflation to remain below 3% for the foreseeable future.
Key stress scenarios that the Directors have then considered include:
	
 A “bear stress scenario”: representing a 10% reduction in management fees, trading commissions, and interest income with the consequent reduction 
in revenue sharing based costs, compared to the base case in the reporting periods ending 31 March 2025 and 31 March 2026.
	
 A “severe stress scenario”: representing a 20% fall in management fees, trading commissions, and interest income with the consequent reduction  
in revenue sharing based costs, compared to the base case in the reporting periods ending 31 March 2025 and 31 March 2026.
Notes to the accounts
year ended 31 March 2024

Walker Crips Group plc – Annual Report and Accounts 2024 
75
2. Basis of preparation continued
Going concern continued
Liquidity and regulatory capital resource requirements exceed the minimum thresholds in both the base case and bear scenarios. In the severe stress 
scenario, although the Group has positive liquidity throughout the period, the negative impact on our prudential capital ratio is such that it is projected to 
fall below the regulatory requirement in February 2026. The Directors consider the severe stress scenario to be remote in view of the prudence built into 
the base case projections and that further mitigations available to the Directors are not reflected therein. Such mitigating actions within Management’s 
control include reduction in proprietary risk positions, delayed capital expenditure, further reductions in discretionary spend, not paying planned dividends 
and reductions in employee headcount. Other mitigating actions may include disposal of businesses, stronger cost reductions and potential to seek 
shareholder support.
Based on the assessment of the Group’s financial position and its ability to meet its obligations as and when they fall due, the Directors do not consider 
there are material uncertainties that cast significant doubt on the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern in the twelve-month period from the date 
of approval of the Annual Report and Accounts.
Standards and interpretations affecting the reported results or the financial position
The accounting standards adopted are consistent with those of the previous financial year. Amendments to existing IFRS standards did not have a material 
impact on the Group’s Consolidated Income Statement or the Statement of Financial Position.
The Group does not expect standards yet to be adopted by the UK endorsement body (“UKEB”) to have a material impact in future years.
3. Significant accounting policies
Basis of consolidation
The Group financial statements consolidate the financial statements of the Group and companies controlled by the Group (its subsidiaries) made up to 
31 March each year. The Group controls an entity when it is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the 
ability to affect those returns through its powers to direct relevant activities of the entity. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control 
is obtained and no longer consolidated from the date that control ceases; their results are in the consolidated financial statements up to the date that 
control ceases.
Entities where the interest is 49% or less are assessed for potential treatment as a Group company against the control tests outlined in IFRS 10, being 
power over the investee, exposure or rights to variable returns and power over the investee to affect the amount of investors’ returns. At the reporting date 
there were no entities where the Group had an interest below 49%.
All intercompany balances, income and expenses are eliminated on consolidation.
Business combinations
The acquisition of subsidiaries is accounted for using the acquisition method. The cost of the acquisition is measured at the aggregate of the fair values, at 
the date of exchange, of assets given, liabilities incurred or assumed, and equity instruments issued by the Group in exchange for control of the acquiree. 
The acquiree’s identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities that meet the conditions for recognition under IFRS 3 Business Combinations are 
recognised at their fair value at the acquisition date.
Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred.
If the business combination is achieved in stages, the acquisition date carrying value of the acquirer’s previously held equity interest in the acquiree is  
remeasured to fair value at the acquisition date; any gains or losses arising from such remeasurement are recognised in profit or loss.
Contingent consideration is classified either as equity or as a financial liability. Amounts classified as a financial liability are subsequently remeasured  
to fair value, with changes in fair value recognised in profit or loss.
Interests in associate
An associate is an entity in which the Group has significant influence, but not control or joint control. The Group uses the equity method of accounting  
by which the equity investment is initially recorded at cost and subsequently adjusted to reflect the investor’s share of the net assets of the associate.
Intangible assets
(a) Goodwill
Goodwill arises on the acquisition of subsidiaries and represents the excess of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interest  
in the acquiree and the acquisition-date fair value of any previous equity interest in the acquiree over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired. 
If the total of consideration transferred, non-controlling interest recognised and previously held interest measured at fair value is less than the fair value of 
the net assets of the subsidiary acquired, in the case of a bargain purchase, the difference is recognised directly in the income statement.
Goodwill is initially recognised as an asset at cost and is subsequently measured at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. Goodwill is not  
amortised but is reviewed for impairment at least annually. Any impairment is recognised immediately in profit or loss and is not subsequently reversed  
in future periods.
For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated to each of the cash-generating units (“CGUs”), or groups  
of CGUs, that is expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination. Each unit or group of units to which the goodwill is allocated represents the 
lowest level within the entity at which the goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes. Goodwill is monitored at the operating segment level.
Goodwill impairment reviews are undertaken annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate a potential impairment.  
The carrying value of the CGU containing the goodwill is compared to the recoverable amount, which is the higher of value-in-use and the fair value  
less costs of disposal. Any impairment is recognised immediately as an expense and is not subsequently reversed.

76 
Financial statements 
 Annual Report and Accounts 2024 – Walker Crips Group plc 
Notes to the accounts continued
year ended 31 March 2024
3. Significant accounting policies continued
Intangible assets continued
(b) Client lists
Client lists are recognised when it is probable that future economic benefits will flow to the Group and the cost of the asset can be measured reliably whilst 
the risk and rewards have also transferred into the Group’s ownership.
Intangible assets classified as client lists are recognised when acquired as part of a business combination, when separate payments are made to acquire 
clients’ assets by adding teams of investment managers, or when acquiring the ownership of client relationships from retiring in-house self-employed 
investment managers.
Some client list acquisitions are linked to business combination acquisitions such as those related to the historical acquisition of Barker Poland Asset 
Management LLP and others are related to the purchase of client lists related to an individual investment manager or investment management team 
recruitment-related costs.
The cost of acquired client lists and businesses generating revenue from clients and investment managers are capitalised. These costs are amortised on a 
straight-line basis over their expected useful lives of three to twenty years at inception. The amortisation period and amortisation method for intangible 
assets are reviewed at least each financial year end. All client list intangible assets have a finite useful life. Client lists associated with self-employed 
investment managers were revised in 2023 so that no client list was amortised for periods longer than six years from 1 April 2022.
Amortisation of intangible fixed assets is included within administrative expenses in the consolidated income statement.
At each statement of financial position date, the Group reviews the carrying amounts of its intangible assets to determine whether there is any indication 
that those assets have suffered an impairment loss. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount of the asset is estimated in order to determine 
the extent of the impairment loss (if any). Where the asset does not generate cash flows that are independent from other assets, the Group estimates the 
recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit to which the asset belongs.
(c) Software licences
Computer software which is not an integral part of the related hardware is recognised as an intangible asset when the Group is expected to benefit from 
future use of the software and the costs are reliably measured and amortised using the straight-line method over a useful life of up to five years.
Impairment of non-financial assets
Intangible assets that have an indefinite useful life or intangible assets not ready to use are not subject to amortisation and are tested annually for 
impairment. Assets that are subject to amortisation are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying 
amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. 
The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs of disposal and value-in-use. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are 
grouped at the lowest levels for which there are largely independent cash inflows (cash-generating units). Prior impairments of non-financial assets (other 
than goodwill) are reviewed for possible reversal at each reporting date.
Own shares held
Own shares consist of treasury shares which are recognised at cost as a deduction from equity shareholders’ funds. Subsequent consideration received  
for the sale of treasury shares is also recognised in equity with any difference being taken to retained earnings. No gain or loss is recognised on sale of 
treasury shares.
Revenues recognised under IFRS 15
Revenue from contracts with customers:
	
 Gross commissions on stockbroking activities are recognised on those transactions whose trade date falls within the financial year, with the execution of 
the trade being the performance obligation at that point in time.
	
 Management fees earned from managing various types of client portfolios are accrued daily over the period to which they relate with the performance 
obligation fulfilled over the same period.
	
 Fees in respect of financial services activities of Walker Crips Financial Planning are accrued evenly over the period to which they relate with the 
performance obligation fulfilled over the same period.
	
 Fees earned from structured investments are recognised on the date the underlying security of the structured investment is traded and settled, with the 
execution of the trade being the performance obligation at that point in time.
	
 Fees earned from software offering, Software as a Service (“SaaS”), are accrued evenly over the period to which they relate with the performance 
obligation fulfilled over the same period.
Other incomes:
	
 Interest is recognised as it accrues in respect of the financial year.
	
 Dividend income is recognised when:
–	 The Group’s right to receive payment of dividends is established;
–	 When it is probable that economic benefits associated with the dividend will flow to the Group;
–	 The amount of the dividend can be reliably measured; and
	
 Gains or losses arising on disposal of trading book instruments and changes in fair value of securities held for trading purposes are both recognised  
in profit and loss.
The Group does not have any long-term contract assets in relation to customers of any fixed and/or considerable lengths of time which require the 
recognition of financing costs or incomes in relation to them.

Walker Crips Group plc – Annual Report and Accounts 2024 
77
3. Significant accounting policies continued
Operating expenses
Operating expenses and other charges are provided for in full up to the statement of financial position date on an accruals basis.
Exceptional items
To assist in understanding its underlying performance, the Group identifies certain items of pre-tax income and expenditure and discloses them separately 
in the Consolidated income statement.
Such items include:
1.	 profits or losses on disposal or closure of businesses;
2.	 corporate transaction and restructuring costs;
3.	 changes in the fair value of contingent non-cash consideration; and
4.	 non-recurring items considered individually for classification as exceptional by virtue of their nature or size.
The separate disclosure of these items allows a clearer understanding of the Group’s trading performance on a consistent and comparable basis, together 
with an understanding of the effect of non-recurring or large individual transactions upon the overall profitability of the Group. The exceptional items 
arising in the current period are explained in note 9.
Deferred income
Income received from clients in respect of future periods to the transaction or reporting date are classified as deferred income within creditors until such 
time as value has been received by the client.
Foreign currencies
The individual financial statements of each of the Group’s companies are presented in Pounds Sterling, which is the functional currency of the Group and 
the presentation currency of the consolidated financial statements.
In preparing the financial statements of the individual companies, transactions in currencies other than the entity’s functional currency (foreign currencies) 
are recorded at the rates of exchange prevailing on the dates of the transactions. At each statement of financial position date, monetary assets and 
liabilities that are denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated at the rates prevailing on the balance sheet date. Exchange differences arising on the 
settlement of monetary items, and on the retranslation of monetary items, are included in the consolidated income statement for the period.
Where consideration is received in advance of revenue being recognised, the date of the transaction reflects the date the consideration is received.
Property, plant and equipment
Fixtures and equipment are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and provision for any impairment. Depreciation is charged so as to 
write-off the cost or valuation of assets over their estimated useful lives using the straight-line method on the following bases:
Computer hardware	
33 1/3% per annum on cost
Computer software	
between 20% and 33 1/3% per annum on cost
Leasehold improvements	
over the term of the lease
Furniture and equipment	
33 1/3% per annum on cost
Right-of-use assets held under contractual arrangements are depreciated over the lengths of their respective contractual terms, as prescribed under IFRS 16.
The gain or loss on the disposal or retirement of an asset is determined as the difference between the sales proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset 
and is recognised in income. The residual values and estimated useful life of items within property, plant and equipment are reviewed at least at each 
financial year end. Any shortfalls in carrying value are impaired immediately through profit or loss.
Taxation
The tax expense for the period comprises current and deferred tax.
Tax is recognised in the income statement, except to the extent that it relates to items recognised directly in equity. In this case the tax is also recognised 
directly in other comprehensive income or directly in equity, respectively.
The current income tax charge is calculated on the basis of the tax laws enacted or substantively enacted at the end of the reporting period in the 
countries where the Company’s subsidiaries and associates operate and generate taxable income. Management periodically evaluates positions taken in 
tax returns with respect to situations in which applicable tax regulation is subject to interpretation. It establishes provisions where appropriate on the basis 
of amounts expected to be paid to the tax authorities.
Deferred income tax is recognised, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their 
carrying amounts in the consolidated financial statements. However, the deferred tax is not accounted for if it arises from initial recognition of an asset 
or liability in a transaction other than a business combination that, at the time of the transaction, affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss. 
Deferred income tax is determined using tax rates (and laws) that have been enacted, or substantially enacted, by the end of the reporting period and are 
expected to apply when the related deferred income tax asset is realised, or the deferred income tax liability is settled.
Deferred income tax assets are recognised only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the temporary 
differences can be utilised.

78 
Financial statements 
 Annual Report and Accounts 2024 – Walker Crips Group plc 
Notes to the accounts continued
year ended 31 March 2024
3. Significant accounting policies continued
Taxation continued
Deferred income tax liabilities are provided on taxable temporary differences arising from investments in subsidiaries, associates and joint arrangements, 
except for deferred income tax liability where the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference is controlled by the Group and it is probable that 
the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. Generally, the Group is unable to control the reversal of the temporary difference for 
associates, unless there is an agreement in place that gives the Group the ability to control the reversal of the temporary difference not recognised.
Deferred income tax assets are recognised on deductible temporary differences arising from investments in subsidiaries, associates and joint arrangements 
only to the extent that it is probable the temporary difference will reverse in the future and there is sufficient taxable profit available against which the 
temporary difference can be utilised.
Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets against current tax liabilities, and 
when the deferred income tax assets and liabilities relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority on either the taxable entity or different 
taxable entities where there is an intention to settle the balances on a net basis.
Financial assets and liabilities
Financial assets and liabilities are recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position when the Group becomes a party to the contractual 
provisions of the instrument.
At initial recognition, the Group measures a financial asset or financial liability at its fair value plus or minus transaction costs. Transaction costs of 
financial assets and financial liabilities carried at fair value through profit or loss (“FVTPL”) are expensed in the income statement. Immediately after initial 
recognition, an expected credit loss allowance (“ECL”) is recognised for financial assets measured at amortised cost, which results in an accounting loss 
being recognised in profit or loss when an asset is newly originated.
The Group does not use hedge accounting.
a) Financial assets
Classification and subsequent measurement
The Group classifies its financial assets in the following measurement categories:
	
 Fair value through profit or loss (“FVTPL”);
	
 Fair value through other comprehensive income (“FVTOCI”); or
	
 Amortised cost.
Financial assets are classified as current or non-current depending on the contractual timing for recovery of the asset. The classification depends on the 
purpose for which the financial assets were acquired. Management determines the classification of its financial assets at initial recognition.
(i) Debt instruments
Classification and subsequent measurement of debt instruments depend on:
	
 the Group’s business model for managing the asset; and
	
 the cash flow characteristics of the asset.
Business model: The business model reflects how the Group manages the assets in order to generate cash flows. That is, whether the Group’s objective 
is solely to collect the contractual cash flows from the assets, to collect both the contractual cash flows and cash flows arising from the sale of assets, or 
solely or mainly to collect cash flows arising from the sale of assets. Factors considered by the Group include past experience on how the contractual cash 
flows for these assets were collected, how the assets’ performance is evaluated, and how risks are assessed and managed.
Cash flow characteristics of the asset: Where the business model is to hold assets to collect contractual cash flows, the Group assesses whether the 
financial instruments’ contractual cash flows represent solely payments of principal and interest (“the SPPI test”). In making this assessment, the Group 
considers whether the contractual cash flows are consistent with a basic lending instrument.
Based on these factors, the Group classifies its debt instruments into one of two measurement categories:
Amortised cost: Assets that are held for collection of contractual cash flows where those cash flows represent solely payments of principal and interest 
(“SPPI”), and that are not designated at FVTPL, are measured at amortised cost. Amortised cost is the amount at which the financial asset is measured at 
initial recognition minus the principal repayments, plus or minus the cumulative amortisation, using the effective interest rate method, of any difference 
between that initial amount and the maturity amount, adjusted by any ECL recognised. The effective interest rate is the rate that discounts estimated 
future cash payments or receipts through the expected life of the financial asset to the gross carrying amount. Interest income from these financial assets 
is included within investment revenues using the effective interest rate method.
Fair value through profit or loss (“FVTPL”): Assets that do not meet the criteria for amortised cost or fair value through other comprehensive income 
(“FVTOCI”) are measured at fair value through profit or loss.
Reclassification
The Group reclassifies debt instruments when and only when its business model for managing those assets changes. The reclassification takes place from 
the start of the first reporting period following the change.

Walker Crips Group plc – Annual Report and Accounts 2024 
79
3. Significant accounting policies continued
Financial assets and liabilities continued
a) Financial assets continued
(i) Debt instruments continued
Impairment
The Group assesses on a forward-looking basis the expected credit loss (“ECL”) associated with its debt instruments held at amortised cost. The Group 
recognises a loss allowance for such losses at each reporting date. On initial recognition, the Group recognises a 12-month ECL. At the reporting date, if 
there has been a significant increase in credit risk, the loss allowance is revised to the lifetime expected credit loss.
The measurement of ECL reflects:
	
 an unbiased and probability weighted amount that is determined by evaluating a range of possible outcomes;
	
 the time value of money; and
	
 reasonable and supportable information that is available without undue cost or effort at the reporting date about past events, current conditions and 
forecasts of future economic conditions.
The Group adopts the simplified approach to trade receivables and contract assets, which allows entities to recognise lifetime expected losses on all assets, 
without the need to identify significant increases in credit risk (i.e. no distinction is needed between 12-month and lifetime expected credit losses).
(ii) Equity instruments
Investments are recognised and derecognised on a trade date basis where a purchase or sale of an investment is under a contract whose terms require 
delivery of the instrument within the timeframe established by the market concerned, and are initially measured at fair value.
The Group subsequently measures all equity investments at fair value through profit and loss. Changes in the fair value of financial assets at FVTPL are 
recognised in revenue within the Consolidated Income Statement.
(iii) Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include cash in hand, deposits held at call with financial institutions, other short-term, highly liquid investments with original 
maturities of three months or less that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and which are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value. 
Bank overdrafts are shown within current liabilities in the statement of financial position.
Derecognition
Financial assets are derecognised when the rights to receive cash flows from the financial assets have expired or have been transferred and the Group has 
transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership.
b) Financial liabilities
Classification and subsequent measurement
Financial liabilities are classified and subsequently measured at amortised cost.
Financial liabilities are derecognised when they are extinguished.
Financial liabilities and equity
Financial liabilities and equity instruments are classified according to the substance of the contractual arrangements entered into. An equity instrument  
is any contract that evidences a residual interest in the assets of the Group after deducting all of its liabilities.
Trade payables
Trade payables are classified at amortised cost. Due to their short-term nature, their carrying amount is considered to be the same as their fair value.
Bank overdrafts
Interest-bearing bank overdrafts are initially measured at fair value and shown within current liabilities. Finance charges are accounted for on an accrual 
basis in profit or loss using the effective interest rate method and are added to the carrying amount of the instrument to the extent that they are not 
settled in the period in which they arise.
Equity instruments
Ordinary shares are classified as equity.
Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares or options are shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds.
Where any Group company purchases the Company’s equity share capital (treasury shares), the consideration paid, including any directly attributable 
incremental costs (net of income taxes) is deducted from equity attributable to the Company’s equity holders, until the shares are cancelled or reissued. 
Where such shares are subsequently reissued, any consideration received, net of any directly attributable incremental transaction costs and the related 
income tax effects, is included in equity attributable to the Company’s equity holders.
Share Incentive Plan (“SIP”)
The Group has an incentive policy to encourage all members of staff to participate in the ownership and future prosperity of the Group. All employees can 
participate in the SIP following three months of service. Employees may contribute a maximum of 10% of their gross salary in regular monthly payments 
(being not less than £10 and not greater than £150) to acquire Ordinary Shares in the Parent Company (Partnership Shares). Partnership Shares are 
acquired monthly.
The matching option was reinstated to one-to-one from 1 April 2023 from the previous one-half for every Partnership Share purchased. All shares awarded 
under this scheme have been purchased in the market by the Trustees of the SIP.

80 
Financial statements 
 Annual Report and Accounts 2024 – Walker Crips Group plc 
Notes to the accounts continued
year ended 31 March 2024
3. Significant accounting policies continued
Financial assets and liabilities continued
b) Financial liabilities continued
Provisions
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present obligation as a result of a past event, and it is probable that the Group will be required to settle 
that obligation. Provisions are measured at the Directors’ best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the obligation at the statement of financial 
position date, and are discounted to present value where the effect is material.
Long-term liabilities – deferred cash and shares consideration
Amounts payable to personnel under recruitment contracts in respect of the client relationships, which transfer to the Group, are treated as long-term 
liabilities if the due date for payment of cash consideration is beyond the period of one year after the year-end date. The value of shares in all cases is 
derived by a formula based on the value of client assets received in conjunction with the prevailing share price at the date of issue which in turn determines 
the number of shares issuable.
Pension costs
The Group contributes to defined contribution personal pension schemes for selected employees. For defined contribution schemes, the Group pays 
contributions to publicly or privately administered pension insurance plans on a mandatory, contractual or voluntary basis. The Group has no further 
payment obligations once the contributions have been paid. The contributions are recognised as employee benefit expenses when they are due. Prepaid 
contributions are recognised as an asset to the extent that a cash refund or a reduction in the future payments is available. The contribution rate is based 
on annual salary and the amount is charged to the income statement on an accrual basis.
Dividends paid
Equity dividends are recognised when they become legally payable. Dividend distribution to the Company’s shareholders is recognised as a liability in the 
Group’s financial statements in the period in which the dividends are approved by the Company’s shareholders. There is no requirement to pay dividends 
unless approved by the shareholders by way of written resolution where there is sufficient cash to meet current liabilities, and without detriment of any 
financial covenants, if applicable.
Leases
The Group leases various offices, software and equipment that are recognised under IFRS 16. The Group’s lease contracts are typically made for fixed 
periods of 2 to 10 years and extension and termination options enabling maximise operational flexibility are included in a number of property and 
software leases across the Group.
All leases are accounted for by recognising a right-of-use asset and a lease liability except for:
	
 Leases of low-value assets; and
	
 Leases with a duration of 12 months or less.
Payments associated with short-term leases and leases of low-value assets are recognised on a straight-line basis as an expense in profit or loss. Short-term 
leases are leases with a lease term of 12 months or less. Low-value assets comprise IT equipment and small items of office furniture.
Leases are recognised as a right-of-use asset and a corresponding liability at the date at which the leased asset is available for use by the Group. Each lease 
payment is allocated between the liability and finance cost. The finance cost is charged to profit or loss over the lease period so as to produce a constant 
periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability for each period. The right-of-use assets are depreciated over the shorter of the asset’s 
useful life and the lease term on a straight-line basis.
Assets and liabilities arising from a lease are initially measured on a present value basis. Lease liabilities include the net present value of the following lease 
payments:
	
 fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments), less any lease incentives receivable;
	
 variable lease payments that are based on an index or a rate;
	
 amounts expected to be payable by the lessee under residual value guarantees;
	
 the exercise price of a purchase option if the lessee is reasonably certain to exercise that option; and
	
 payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the lessee exercising that option.
The lease payments are discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease. If that rate cannot be readily determined, which is generally the case for 
leases held by the Group, the lessee’s incremental borrowing rate is used.
To determine the incremental borrowing rate, the Group:
	
 where possible, uses recent third-party financing received by the individual lessee as a starting point, adjust to reflect changes in financing conditions 
since third-party financing was received;
	
 uses a build-up approach that starts with a risk-free interest rate adjusted for credit risk for leases held by the Group, which does not have recent third-
party financing; and
	
 make adjustments specific to the lease, for example term, country, currency and security.
Lease payments are allocated between principal and finance cost. The finance cost is charged to profit and loss over the lease period so as to produce a 
constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability for each period.

Walker Crips Group plc – Annual Report and Accounts 2024 
81
3. Significant accounting policies continued
Financial assets and liabilities continued
b) Financial liabilities continued
Leases continued
Right-of-use assets are measured at cost comprising the following:
	
 the amount of the initial measurement of lease liability;
	
 any lease payments made at or before the commencement date less any lease incentives received;
	
 any initial direct costs; and
	
 restoration costs.
Right-of-use assets are depreciated over the shorter of the lease term and the useful economic life of the underlying asset on a straight-line basis.
The Group does not have any leasing activities acting as a lessor.
Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing:
	
 the profit attributable to owners of the Company, excluding any costs of servicing equity other than ordinary shares;
	
 by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the financial year, adjusted for bonus elements in ordinary shares issued during 
the year and excluding treasury shares (note 15).
There are currently no obligations present that could have a dilutive effect on ordinary shares.
Share-based payments
Share-based payments are remuneration payments to selected employees that take the form of an award of shares in Walker Crips Group plc. Employees 
are not able to exercise such awards in full until a period of two to five years, based on the terms of each individual award (the vesting period).
Equity-settled share-based payments to employees are measured at fair value of the equity instruments at the date of grant. The fair value excludes the 
effect of non-market-based vesting conditions. Details regarding the determination of the fair value of equity-settled share-based transactions are set out 
in note 36.
As the share-based payment awards are for fully paid free shares, fair value is measured as the market value of the shares at each grant date.
The fair value determined at the grant date of the equity-settled share-based payments is expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, based 
on the Group’s estimate of the number of shares that will eventually vest. At each reporting date, the Group revises its estimate of the shares expected to 
vest as a result of the effect of non-market based vesting conditions. The impact of the revision of the original estimates, if any, is recognised in the Income 
Statement such that the cumulative expense reflects the revised estimate.
4. Key sources of estimation uncertainty and judgements
The Group makes certain estimates and assumptions regarding the future. Estimates and judgements are continually evaluated based on historical 
experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. In the future, actual 
experience may differ from these estimates and assumptions. The estimates and assumptions that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment 
to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are discussed below.
Impairment of goodwill – estimation and judgement
Determining whether goodwill is impaired requires an estimation of the fair value less costs to sell and the value-in-use of the cash-generating units 
to which goodwill has been allocated. The fair value less costs to sell involves estimation of values based on the application of earnings multiples and 
comparison to similar transactions. The value-in-use calculation requires the entity to estimate the future cash flows expected to arise from the cash-
generating unit and apply a discount rate in order to calculate present value. The assumptions used and inputs involve judgements and create estimation 
uncertainty. These assumptions have been stress-tested as described in note 16. The carrying amount of goodwill at the balance sheet date was £4.4 
million (2023: £4.4 million) as shown in note 16.
Other intangible assets – judgement
Acquired client lists are capitalised based on current fair values. When the Group purchases client relationships from other corporate entities, a judgement 
is made as to whether the transaction should be accounted for as a business combination, or a separate purchase of intangible assets. In making this 
judgement, the Group assesses the acquiree against the definition of a business combination in IFRS 3. The useful lives are estimated by assessing the 
historic rates of client retention, the ages and succession plans of the investment managers who manage the clients and the contractual incentives of the 
investment managers. There were no new purchases of client lists during the year.
Key assumptions in this regard consist of the following:
1. 	 The continuing going concern of the Company;
2. 	 Life expectancy of clients based on the Office for National Statistics;
3.	 Succession plans in place for staff and investment managers;
4.	 Amounts of AUMA are consistent on average;
5. 	 A growth rate of client list AUMA of a conservative 2%; and
6. 	 A discount rate of 12%.

82 
Financial statements 
 Annual Report and Accounts 2024 – Walker Crips Group plc 
Notes to the accounts continued
year ended 31 March 2024
4. Key sources of estimation uncertainty and judgements continued
Provisions – estimation and judgement
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present obligation as a result of a past event, and it is probable that the Group will be required to settle 
that obligation. Provisions are measured at the Directors’ best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the obligation at the statement of financial 
position date, and are discounted to present value where the effect is material.
IFRS 16 “Leases” – estimation and judgement
IFRS 16 requires certain judgements and estimates to be made and those significant judgements are explained below.
The Group has opted to use single discount rates for leases with reasonably similar characteristics. The discount rates used have had an impact on the 
right-of-use assets’ values, lease liabilities on initial recognition and lease finance costs included within the income statement.
Where a lease includes the option for the Group to extend the lease term, the Group has exercised the judgement, based on current information, that such 
leases will be extended to the full length available, and this is included in the calculation of the value of the right-of-use assets and lease liabilities on initial 
recognition and valuation at the reporting date.
Provision for dilapidations – estimation and judgement
The Group has made provisions for dilapidations under six leases for its offices. The Group entered into one new property lease in the period, which was 
the renewal of an existing lease that had ended in the period. The amounts of the provisions are, where possible, estimated using quotes from professional 
building contractors. The property, plant and equipment elements of the dilapidations are depreciated over the terms of their respective leases. The 
obligations in relation to dilapidations are inflated using an estimated rate of inflation and discounted using appropriate gilt rates to present value. The 
change in liability attributable to inflation and discounting is recognised in interest expense.
Provision for stamp duty liability – estimation and judgement
The Group, in the previous year, identified an obligation in respect of stamp duty reserve tax which has arisen over a number of years. An initial provision 
of £878,000 was made in the previous year and subsequently upon management investigation and external tax advice, the liability including professional 
fees outstanding, is estimated to be £355,000 which is fully provided in the financial statements (see note 26).
5. Revenue
An analysis of the Group’s revenue is as follows:
 
2024
2023
 
Broking 
income
£’000
Non-
broking 
income
£’000
Total
£’000
Broking 
income
£’000
Non-
broking 
income
£’000
Total
£’000
Stockbroking commission
4,934
–
4,934
6,008
–
6,008
Fees and other revenue*
–
24,189
24,189
–
23,665
23,665
Investment Management
4,934
24,189
29,123
6,008
23,665
29,673
Financial Planning & Wealth 
Management
 –
2,451
2,451
–
1,939
1,939
Revenue
4,934
26,640
31,574
6,008
25,604
31,612
Investment revenue (see note 10)
–
446
446
–
95
95
Total income
4,934
27,086
32,020
6,008
25,699
31,707
% of total income
15.4%
84.6%
100.0%
18.9%
81.1%
100.0%
*	 Includes £5.8 million (2023: £3.2 million) of interest income from managing client trading cash funds.
Timing of revenue recognition
The following table presents operating income analysed by the timing of revenue recognition of the operating segment providing the service:
2024
Investment
Management
£’000
Financial 
Planning &
Wealth 
Management
£’000
SaaS
£’000
Consolidated
year ended
31 March
2024
£’000
Revenue from contracts with customers
 
Products and services transferred at a point in time
8,176
408
17
8,601
Products and services transferred over time
14,959
2,043
–
17,002
 
 
Other revenue
 
Products and services transferred at a point in time
153
–
–
153
Products and services transferred over time
5,818
–
–
5,818
 
29,106
2,451
17
31,574

Walker Crips Group plc – Annual Report and Accounts 2024 
83
5. Revenue continued
2023
Investment
Management
£’000
Financial 
Planning &
Wealth 
Management
£’000
SaaS
£’000
Consolidated
year ended
31 March
2023
£’000
Revenue from contracts with customers
 
Products and services transferred at a point in time
10,104
272
16
10,392
Products and services transferred over time
16,295
1,666
–
17,961
 
 
Other revenue
 
Products and services transferred at a point in time
75
1
–
76
Products and services transferred over time
3,183
–
–
3,183
 
29,657
1,939
16
31,612
6. Segmental analysis
For segmental reporting purposes, the Group currently has three operating segments; Investment Management, being portfolio-based transaction 
execution and investment advice; Financial Planning, being financial planning, wealth management and pensions administration; and Software as a 
Service (“SaaS”) comprising provision of regulatory and admin software and bespoke cloud software to companies. Unallocated corporate expenses, assets 
and liabilities are not considered to be allocatable accurately, or fairly, under any known basis of allocation and are therefore disclosed separately.
Walker Crips Investment Management’s activities focus predominantly on investment management of various types of portfolios and asset classes.
Walker Crips Financial Planning provides advisory and administrative services to clients in relation to their wealth management, financial planning, life 
insurance, inheritance tax and pension arrangements.
EnOC Technologies Limited (“EnOC”) provides regulatory and admin software to their business partners, including all of the Group’s regulated entities. Fees 
payable by subsidiary companies to EnOC have been eliminated on consolidation and are excluded from segmental analysis.
Revenues between Group entities, and in turn reportable segments, are excluded from the segmental analysis presented below.
The Group does not derive any revenue from geographical regions outside of the United Kingdom.
2024
Investment 
Management
£’000
Financial 
Planning & 
Wealth 
Management
£’000
SaaS
£’000
Consolidated 
year ended 
31 March 
2024
£’000
Revenue
Revenue from contracts with customers 
23,135
2,451
17
25,603
Other revenue
5,971
–
–
5,971
Total revenue
29,106
2,451
17
31,574
Results
Segment result
1,632
(629)
(490)
513
Unallocated corporate expenses
(450)
Operating profit
63
Investment revenue
446
Finance costs
(122)
Profit before tax
387
Tax
(19)
Profit after tax
368

84 
Financial statements 
 Annual Report and Accounts 2024 – Walker Crips Group plc 
Notes to the accounts continued
year ended 31 March 2024
6. Segmental analysis continued
2024
Investment 
Management
£’000
Financial 
Planning & 
Wealth 
Management
£’000
SaaS
£’000
Consolidated 
year ended 
31 March 
2024
£’000
Other information
Capital additions
463
24
–
487
Depreciation
261
27
–
288
Statement of financial positions
Assets
Segment assets
54,333
1,279
406
56,018
Unallocated corporate assets
1,304
Consolidated total assets
57,322
Liabilities
Segment liabilities
37,984
315
242
38,541
Unallocated corporate liabilities
(2,540)
Consolidated total liabilities
36,001
2023
Investment 
Management
£’000
Financial 
Planning & 
Wealth 
Management
£’000
SaaS
£’000
Consolidated 
year ended 
31 March 
2023
£’000
Revenue
Revenue from contracts with customers
26,399
1,938
16
28,353
Other revenue
3,258
1
–
3,259
Total revenue
29,657
1,939
16
31,612
Results
Segment result
1,553
(310)
(128)
1,115
Unallocated corporate expenses
(490)
625
Investment revenue
95
Finance costs
(88)
Profit before tax
632
Tax
(214)
Profit after tax
418

Walker Crips Group plc – Annual Report and Accounts 2024 
85
6. Segmental analysis continued
2023
Investment 
Management
£’000
Financial 
Planning & 
Wealth 
Management
£’000
SaaS
£’000
Consolidated 
year ended 
31 March 
2023
£’000
Other information
Capital additions
368
10
–
378
Depreciation
273
58
–
331
Statement of financial positions
Assets
Segment assets
57,255
1,163
406
58,824
Unallocated corporate assets
4,256
Consolidated total assets
63,080
Liabilities
Segment liabilities
39,546
247
329
40,122
Unallocated corporate liabilities
1,792
Consolidated total liabilities
41,914
The following table analyses the above segmental breakdown without cancelling intercompany transactions to show the value of each segment to the 
Group itself. Since EnOC acquired the intellectual property of the Advance Walkers Online platform on 1 April 2023, it has become a profitable entity, 
reflecting its value to the Group.
2024
Investment 
Management
£’000
Financial 
Planning & 
Wealth 
Management
£’000
SaaS
£’000
Consolidated 
year ended 
31 March 
2024
£’000
Revenue
Revenue from contracts with customers 
23,135
2,544
609
26,288
Other revenue
5,971
–
–
5,971
Total revenue
29,106
2,544
609
32,259
Results
Segment result
947
(536)
102
513
Unallocated corporate expenses
(450)
63
Investment revenue
446
Finance costs
(122)
Profit before tax
387
Tax
(19)
Profit after tax
368
7. Commissions and fees paid
Commissions and fees paid comprises:
 
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
To authorised external agents
–
3
To self-employed certified persons
5,769
7,261
 
5,769
7,264

86 
Financial statements 
 Annual Report and Accounts 2024 – Walker Crips Group plc 
Notes to the accounts continued
year ended 31 March 2024
8. Profit for the year
Profit for the year on continuing operations has been arrived at after charging:
 
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment (see note 18)
288
331
Depreciation of right-of-use assets (see note 19) 
636
771
Amortisation of intangibles (see note 17) 
1,011
970
Staff costs (see note 12) 
16,898
14,475
Recharge of staff costs
(278)
(248)
Settlement costs 
1,029
994
Communications 
1,385
1,387
Computer expenses 
1,000
831
Other expenses
3,736
3,442
Auditor’s remuneration 
262
216
 
25,967
23,169
A more detailed analysis of auditor’s remuneration is provided below:
2024
£’000
2024
%
2023
£’000
2023
%
Audit services
Fees payable to the Company’s auditor for the audit of its annual accounts 
113
43
84
39
The audit of the Company’s subsidiaries pursuant to legislation – current year 
119
45
119
55
Non-audit services
FCA client assets reporting 
30
12
13
6
 
262
100
216
100
9. Exceptional items
Certain amounts are disclosed separately in order to present results which are not distorted by significant items of income and expenditure due to their 
nature and materiality.
 
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Exceptional items included within operating profit
SDRT liability to HMRC
(225)
131
Accelerated amortisation
–
423
Total exceptional items
(225)
554
In the current year, the final SDRT liability to HMRC has been disclosed to HMRC, which HMRC is examining. This adjustment reflects the restatement  
of the final expected liability, net of actual and estimated professional costs.
In the prior year, the following items were classified as exceptional items due to their materiality and non-recurring nature. These were:
a)	 SDRT liability to HMRC resulting from a system monitoring error where stamp duty was omitted from a small number of client contracts.
b)	 Amortisation of client list intangible assets of £423,000.

Walker Crips Group plc – Annual Report and Accounts 2024 
87
10. Investment revenue
Investment revenue comprises:
 
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Interest on bank deposits 
427 
48
Dividends from equity investment 
19 
47
 
446 
95
11. Finance costs
Finance costs comprises:
 
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Interest on lease liabilities
(99)
(86)
Interest on dilapidation provisions
(2)
3
Interest on overdue liabilities 
(21)
(5)
(122)
(88)
12. Staff costs
Particulars of employee costs (including Directors) are as shown below:	
 
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Wages and salaries
13,891
11,943
Social security costs
1,328
1,262
Share incentive plan
43
60
Other employment costs
1,636
1,210
 
16,898
14,475
Staff costs do not include commissions payable, as these costs are included in total commissions payable to self-employed certified persons disclosed in 
note 7. At the end of the year there were 26 certified self-employed account executives (2023: 32).
The average number of staff employed during the year was:
 
2024
Number
2023
Number
Executive Directors
2
2
Certification and approved staff
60
49
Other staff 
157
155
 
219
206
The table incorporates the staff classification in accordance with the Senior Managers and Certification Regime (“SM&CR”).	

88 
Financial statements 
 Annual Report and Accounts 2024 – Walker Crips Group plc 
Notes to the accounts continued
year ended 31 March 2024
13. Taxation
The tax charge is based on the profit for the year of continuing operations and comprises: 	
 
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
UK corporation tax at 25% (2023: 19%)
218
228
Prior year adjustments
(175)
(7)
Origination and reversal of timing differences during the current period
(24)
(46)
19
175
Corporation tax is calculated at 25% (2023: 19%) of the estimated assessable profit for the year.
The charge for the year can be reconciled to the profit per the income statement as follows:
 
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Profit before tax
387
632
Tax on profit on ordinary activities at the standard rate UK corporation tax rate of 25% (2023: 19%)
97
120
Effects of:
Tax rate changes for deferred tax
–
(8)
Expenses not deductible for tax purposes
9
64
Prior year adjustment*
(175)
(14)
Fixed asset differences
168
65
Non taxable income**
(93)
–
Other
13
(13)
19
214
*	 The prior year adjustment only relates to tax disclosure where the Group received capital allowances on capital expenditure that were previously not available due to 
expenditure recorded in the loss-making parent entity. Since the assets were transferred to a profit-making subsidiary on 1 April 2022, capital allowances claimed with HMRC 
and deductions received.
**	 This relates to the above matter where a landlord contribution write-down was incorrectly taxed in prior years, which was subsequently by our tax advisers and reversed, with 
the credit recognised in the current year.
Current tax has been provided at the rate of 25%. Deferred tax has been provided at 25% (2023: 25%).
The exceptional credit of £225,000 (2023: the exceptional charge of £554,000), disclosed separately on the consolidated income statement, is taxable to 
the value of £56,250 (2023: tax deductible of £105,000) of corporation tax. Classifying these credits/costs as exceptional has no effect on the tax liability.
14. Dividends
When determining the level of proposed dividend in any year a number of factors are taken into account including levels of profitability, future cash 
commitments, investment needs, shareholder expectations and prudent buffers for maintaining an adequate regulatory capital surplus. Amounts 
recognised as distributions to equity holders in the period:
 
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Final dividend for the year ended 31 March 2023 of 0.25p (2022: 1.20p) per share
107
511
Interim dividend for the year ended 31 March 2024 of 0.25p (2023: 0.25p) per share
106
106
213
617
Proposed final dividend for the year ended 31 March 2024 of 0.25p (2023: 0.25p) per share 
106
106
The proposed final dividends are subject to approval by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting and have not been included as liabilities in these 
financial statements.

Walker Crips Group plc – Annual Report and Accounts 2024 
89
15. Earnings per share
The calculation of basic earnings per share for continuing operations is based on the post-tax profit for the financial year of £368,000 (2023: £418,000) 
and divided by 42,577,328 (2023: 42,577,328) Ordinary Shares of 62/3 pence, being the weighted average number of Ordinary Shares in issue during  
the year.
No dilution to earnings per share in the current year or in the prior year.
The calculation of the basic earnings per share is based on the following data:
 
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Earnings for the purpose of basic earnings per share
being net profit attributable to equity holders of the Parent Company
368
418
Number of shares
2024
Number 
2023
Number
Weighted average number of Ordinary Shares for the purposes of basic earnings per share
42,577,328 
42,577,328
This produced basic earnings per share of 0.86 pence (2023: 0.98 pence).
16. Goodwill
£’000
Cost
At 1 April 2022
7,056
At 1 April 2023
7,056
At 31 March 2024
7,056
Accumulated impairment
At 1 April 2022
2,668
At 1 April 2023
2,668
Impaired during the year
–
At 31 March 2024
2,668
Carrying amount
At 31 March 2024
4,388
At 31 March 2023
4,388
Goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated, at acquisition, to the cash-generating units (“CGUs”) that are expected to benefit from that 
business combination or intangible asset. The carrying amount of goodwill has been allocated as follows:
 
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
London York Fund Managers Limited CGU (“London York”)
2,901
2,901
Barker Poland Asset Management LLP CGU (“BPAM”)
1,487
1,487
 
4,388
4,388
The recoverable amounts of the CGUs have been determined based upon value-in-use calculations for the London York CGU and fair value, less costs of 
disposal for the BPAM CGU.
The London York computation was based on discounted five-year cash flow projections and terminal values. The key assumptions for these calculations 
are a pre-tax discount rate of 12%, terminal growth rates of 2% and the expected changes to revenues and costs during the five-year projection period 
based on discussions with senior management, past experience, future expectations in light of anticipated market and economic conditions, comparisons 
with our peers and widely available economic and market forecasts. The pre-tax discount rate is determined by management based on current market 
assessments of the time value of money and risks specific to the London York CGU. The base value-in-use cash flows were stress tested for an increase in 
discount rates to 16% and a 20% fall in net inflows resulting in no impairment.

90 
Financial statements 
 Annual Report and Accounts 2024 – Walker Crips Group plc 
Notes to the accounts continued
year ended 31 March 2024
16. Goodwill continued
The discount rate would need to increase above 28% for the London York CGU value-in-use to equal the respective carrying values. Revenues would need 
to fall by 63.7% per annum in present value terms for the London York CGU value-in-use to equal the respective carrying values.
The BPAM CGU recoverable amount was assessed, in accordance with IAS 36, by adopting the higher method of the fair value less cost of disposal 
to determine the recoverable amount (as opposed to the lower value-in-use). The recoverable amount at the year end calculated for the BPAM CGU, 
determined by the fair value less cost of disposal, exceeded that produced by the value-in-use calculation. The fair value less cost of disposal amounted 
to £13 million (2023: £10 million) with headroom, after selling costs, of £9.8 million (2023: £6.7 million) after applying price earnings multiples based on 
the average of the Group’s and its peers’ published results. Accordingly, this measurement is classified as fair value hierarchy Level 3 (note 20) having used 
valuation techniques not based on directly observable market data. A 36% decrease in BPAM’s profit after tax across five years would result in reducing the 
headroom to a negligible value.
17. Other intangible assets
Software 
licences
£’000
Client lists
£’000
Total
£’000
Cost
At 1 April 2022
2,899
10,697
13,596
Reclassification of assets relating to IFRS 16
(22)
–
(22)
Additions in the year
45
266
311
At 1 April 2023
2,922
10,963
13,885
Additions in the year
104
–
104
At 31 March 2024
3,026
10,963
13,989
Amortisation
At 1 April 2022
2,644
5,200
7,844
Charge for the year
137
833
970
Charge for the year – exceptional cost (note 9)
–
423
423
At 1 April 2023
2,781
6,456
9,237
Charge for the year
100
911
1,011
At 31 March 2024
2,881
7,367
10,248
Carrying amount
At 31 March 2024
145
3,596
3,741
At 31 March 2023
141
4,507
4,648
The intangible assets are amortised over their estimated useful lives in order to determine amortisation rates. “Client lists” are assessed on an asset-by-
asset basis and are amortised over periods of three to twenty years and “Software licences” are amortised over five years.
There are no indications that the value attributable to client lists or software licences should be further impaired.

Walker Crips Group plc – Annual Report and Accounts 2024 
91
18. Property, plant and equipment
Owned fixed assets
Leasehold 
improvement, 
furniture and 
equipment
£’000
Computer 
hardware
£’000
Total
£’000
Cost
At 1 April 2022
2,753
1,590
4,343
Additions in the year
99
52
151
At 1 April 2023
2,852
1,642
4,494
Additions in the year
59
55
114
At 31 March 2024
2,911
1,697
4,608
Accumulated depreciation
1 April 2022
1,633
1,541
3,174
Charge for the year
297
34
331
1 April 2023
1,930
1,575
3,505
Charge for the year
258
30
288
At 31 March 2024
2,188
1,605
3,793
Carrying amount
At 31 March 2024
723
92
815
At 31 March 2023
922
67
989
19. Right-of-use assets
Offices 
£’000
Computer
software
£’000
Computer
hardware
£’000
Total
£’000
Cost
1 April 2023
4,650
1,067
95
5,812
Additions
100
271
– 
371
At 31 March 2024
4,750
1,338
95
6,183
Accumulated depreciation
1 April 2023
2,486
906
80
3,472
Charge for the year
480
141
15
636
At 31 March 2024
2,966
1.047
95
4,108
Carrying amount
At 31 March 2024
1,784
291
–
2,075
At 31 March 2023
2,164
161
15
2,340

92 
Financial statements 
 Annual Report and Accounts 2024 – Walker Crips Group plc 
Notes to the accounts continued
year ended 31 March 2024
20. Investments – fair value through profit or loss
Non-current asset investments
The Group did not hold any non-current asset investments at the reporting date.
Current asset investments
 
As at 
31 March 
2024
£’000
As at 
31 March 
2023
£’000
Trading investments
Investments – fair value through profit or loss
538
1,276
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss represent investments in equity securities and collectives that present the Group with opportunity for 
return through dividend income, interest and trading gains. The fair values of these securities are based on quoted market prices and the Group is able to 
liquidate these assets at short notice.
The following provides an analysis of financial instruments that are measured after initial recognition at fair value, grouped into Levels 1 to 3 based on the 
degree to which the fair value is observable:
Level 1 fair value measurements are those derived from quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. The Group’s financial 
assets held at fair value through profit and loss under current assets fall within this category;
Level 2 fair value measurements are those derived from inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, 
either directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices). The Group does not hold financial instruments in this category; and
Level 3 fair value measurements are those derived from valuation techniques that include inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable 
market data (unobservable inputs). The Group does not hold financial instruments in this category.
 
Level 1
£’000
Level 2
£’000
Level 3
£’000
Total
£’000
At 31 March 2024
Financial assets held at fair value through profit and loss
538
–
–
538
At 31 March 2023
Financial assets held at fair value through profit and loss
1,276
–
–
1,276
Further IFRS 13 disclosures have not been presented here as the balance represents 0.939% (2023: 2.022%) of total assets. There were no transfers of 
investments between any of the levels of hierarchy during the year.
21. Trade and other receivables
 
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Amounts falling due within one year:
Due from clients, brokers and recognised stock exchanges at amortised cost
24,630
28,554
Other debtors at amortised cost
1,191
2,148
Prepayments and accrued income
6,081
5,599
 
31,902
36,301
The Group acts as an agent for clients on the trading of their investments. As an agent, the Group only recognises amounts due from or to clients, brokers 
and recognised stock exchanges as trade receivables and trade payables (see note 25) respectively. As a result, no underlying investments are recognised 
on the Group’s consolidated statement of financial position.

Walker Crips Group plc – Annual Report and Accounts 2024 
93
22. Cash and cash equivalents
 
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Cash deposits held at bank, repayable on demand without penalty 
13,863
13,138
 
13,863
13,138
Cash and cash equivalents do not include deposits of client monies placed by the Group with banks and building societies in segregated client bank 
accounts (free money and settlement accounts). All such deposits are designated by the banks and building societies as clients’ funds and are not available 
to satisfy any liabilities of the Group.
The amount of such net deposits which are not included in the consolidated statement of financial position at 31 March 2024 was £213,695,000 (2023: 
£267,258,000).
The credit quality of banks holding the Group’s cash at 31 March 2024 is analysed below with reference to credit ratings awarded by Fitch.
 
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
A+
5,676
5,400
AA-
8,187
7,738
 
13,863
13,138
23. Deferred tax liability
Capital 
allowances
£’000
Short-term 
temporary 
differences and 
other
£’000
Total
£’000
At 1 April 2022
(5)
(409)
(414)
Use of loss brought forward 
–
2
2
Debit to the income statement 
–
41
41
At 1 April 2023
(5)
(366)
(371)
Use of loss brought forward 
–
–
–
Debit to the income statement 
(2)
113
111
At 31 March 2024
(7)
(253)
(260)
Deferred income tax assets are recognised for tax loss carried forward to the extent that the realisation of the related tax benefit through future taxable 
profits is probable. The Group did not recognise deferred income tax assets (2023: £12,362) in respect of losses amounting to £nil (2023: £65,063) that can 
be carried forward against future taxable income.

94 
Financial statements 
 Annual Report and Accounts 2024 – Walker Crips Group plc 
Notes to the accounts continued
year ended 31 March 2024
24. Financial instruments and risk profile
Financial risk management
The Board has overall responsibility for the determination of the Group’s risk management objectives and policies and, whilst retaining ultimate 
responsibility for them, it has delegated the authority for designing and operating processes that ensure the effective implementation of the objectives 
and policies to the Group’s Risk function. The Board receives periodic reports from the Group Risk Team through which it reviews the effectiveness of the 
processes put in place and the appropriateness of the objectives and policies it sets.
Procedures and controls are in place to identify, assess and ultimately control the financial risks faced by the Group arising from its use of financial 
instruments. Steps are taken to mitigate identified risks with established and effective procedures and controls, operating systems, management 
information and training of staff.
The Group’s risk appetite, along with the procedures and controls mentioned above, are laid out in the Group’s Internal capital adequacy and risk 
assessment (ICARA).
The overall risk appetite for the Group is considered by Management to be low, despite operating in a marketplace where financial risk is inherent in 
investment management and financial services.
The overall objective of the Board is to set policies that seek to reduce risk as far as possible without unduly affecting the Group’s competitiveness and 
flexibility. The Group considers its financial risks arising from its use of financial instruments to fall into three main categories:
(i)	 credit risk;
(ii)	liquidity risk; and
(iii)	market risk.
Financial risk management is a central part of the Group’s strategic management which recognises that an effective risk management programme 
can increase a business’s chances of success and reduce the possibility of failure. Continual assessment, monitoring and updating of procedures and 
benchmarks are all essential parts of the Group’s risk management strategy.
(i) Credit risk management practices
The Group’s credit risk is the risk of loss through default by a counterparty and, accordingly, the Group’s definition of default is primarily attributable to 
its trade receivables or pledged collateral which is the risk that a client, market counterparty or recognised stock exchange will be unable to pay amounts 
to settle a trade in full when due. Other credit risks, such as free delivery of securities or cash, are not deemed to be significant. Significant changes in the 
economy or a particular sector could result in losses that are different from those that the Group has provided for at the year-end date.
All financial assets at the year end were assessed for credit impairment and no material amounts have arisen having evaluated the age of overdue debtors, 
the quality of recourse to third parties and the availability of mitigation through the disposal of liquid collateral in the form of marketable securities. The 
Group’s write-off policy is driven by the historic dearth of instances where material irrecoverable losses have been incurred. Where the avenues of recourse 
and mitigation outlined above have not been successful, the outstanding balance, or residual balance if sale proceeds do not fully cover an exposure, will 
be written off.
The Board is responsible for oversight of the Group’s credit risk. The Group accepts a limited exposure to credit risk but aims to mitigate and minimise 
the risk through various methods. There is no material concentrated credit risk as the exposures are spread across a substantial number of clients and 
counterparties.
Trade receivables (includes settlement balances)
Settlement risk arises in any situation where a payment of cash or transfer of a security is made in the expectation of a corresponding delivery of a security 
or receipt of cash. Settlement balances arise with clients, market counterparties and recognised stock exchanges.
In the vast majority of cases, control of the stock purchased will remain with the Group until client monetary balances are fully settled.
Where there is an absence of securities collateral, clients are usually required to hold sufficient funds in their managed deposit account prior to the trade 
being conducted. Holding significant amounts of client money helps the Group to manage credit risks arising with clients. Many of our clients also hold 
significant amounts of stock and other securities in our nominee subsidiary company, providing additional security should a specific transaction fail to be 
settled and the proceeds of such securities disposed of can be used to settle all outstanding obligations.
In addition, the client side of settlement balances are normally fully guaranteed by our commission-sharing certified persons who conduct transactions and 
manage the relationships with our mutual clients.
Exposures to market counterparties also arise in the settlement of trades or when collateral is placed with them to cover open trading positions. Market 
counterparties are usually other FCA-regulated firms and are considered creditworthy, some reliance being placed on the fact that other regulated firms 
would be required to meet the stringent capital adequacy requirements of the FCA.
Maximum exposure to credit risk:
 
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Cash
13,863
13,138
Trade receivables
24,630
28,554
Other debtors
1,191
2,148
Accrued interest income
767
591
 
40,451
44,431

Walker Crips Group plc – Annual Report and Accounts 2024 
95
24. Financial instruments and risk profile continued
Financial risk management continued
(i) Credit risk management practices continued
An ageing analysis of the Group’s financial assets is presented in the following table:
At 31 March 2024
Current
£’000
0-1 month
£’000
2-3 months
£’000
Over 3 months
£’000
Carrying value
£’000
Trade receivables 
22,789
1,524
51
266
24,630
Cash and cash equivalent 
13,863
–
–
–
13,863
Other debtors
1,188
3
–
–
1,191
Accrued interest income 
767
–
–
–
767
 
38,607
1,527
51
266
40,451
Expected credit loss
The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measuring expected credit losses using a lifetime expected credit loss provision for trade receivables 
and contract assets. To measure expected credit losses on a collective basis, trade receivables and contract assets are grouped based on similar credit risk 
and ageing. The contract assets have similar risk characteristics to the trade receivables for similar types of contracts.
The Group undertakes a daily assessment of credit risk which includes monitoring of client and counterparty exposure and credit limits. New clients are 
individually assessed for their creditworthiness using external ratings where available and all institutional relationships are monitored at regular intervals.
As at 31 March 2024, the Directors of the Company reviewed and assessed the Group’s existing assets for impairment using the IFRS 9 simplified approach 
to measuring expected credit losses using a lifetime expected credit loss provision for trade receivables and contract assets and no additional impairments 
have been recognised on application and no material defaults are anticipated within the next 12 months.
Concentration of credit risk
In addition, daily risk management procedures to actively monitor disproportionately large trades by a customer or market counterparty are in place. The 
financial standing, pattern of trading, type and size of security or instrument traded are amongst the factors taken into consideration.
(ii) Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk arises from the Group’s management of working capital and the finance charges and principal repayments on its debt instruments. It is the 
risk that the Group will encounter difficulty in meeting its financial obligations as they fall due. The Group’s policy is to maintain sufficient cash to allow it 
to meet its liabilities when they become due.
Historically, sufficient underlying cash has been prevalent in the business for many years as the Group is normally cash-generative. The risk of unexpected 
large cash outflows could arise where significant amounts are being settled daily of which only a fraction forms the commission earned by the Group. This 
could be due to clients settling late or bad deliveries to the market or CREST resulting in a payment delay from the market side. The Group also commits in 
advance to product providers to purchase future structured product issues at the future market price. The Group then markets such products in advance of 
the issue, which under normal business conditions means there is limited liquidity and market risk at the time of product launch.
The Group’s policy with regard to liquidity risk is to carefully monitor balance sheet structure and borrowing limits, including:
	
 monitoring of cash positions on a daily basis;
	
 exercising strict control over the timely settlement of trade debtors; and
	
 exercising strict control over the timely settlement of market debtors and creditors.
The Group holds its cash and cash equivalents spread across a number of highly rated financial institutions. All cash and cash equivalents are short-term 
highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash without penalty.
The Group and its subsidiaries Walker Crips Investment Management Limited and Barker Poland Asset Management LLP are in scope of the FCA’s basic 
liquid assets requirements and these are monitored by management on a daily basis.
The table below analyses the Group’s cash outflow based on the remaining period to the contractual maturity date.
2024
Less than 
1 year
£’000
Total
£’000
Trade and other payables
31,961
31,961
31,961
31,961
	
	
2023
Trade and other payables 
36,849
36,849
36,849
36,849
As at 31 March 2024 the Group had commitments in respect of future structured product issues of £8.3 million (2023: £10.0 million).

96 
Financial statements 
 Annual Report and Accounts 2024 – Walker Crips Group plc 
Notes to the accounts continued
year ended 31 March 2024
24. Financial instruments and risk profile continued
Financial risk management continued
(iii) Market risk
Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices such as foreign exchange rates or equity prices, on financial assets and liabilities will affect the Group’s 
results. They relate to price risk on fair value through profit or loss trading investments and are subject to ongoing monitoring.
Fair value of financial instruments
The fair values of the Group’s financial assets and liabilities are not materially different from their carrying values as they are valued at their realisable 
values. The Group’s financial assets that are classed as current asset and non-current asset investments (fair value through profit or loss) have been 
revalued at 31 March 2024 using closing market prices.
A 10% fall in the value of trading financial instruments would, in isolation, result in a pre-tax decrease to net assets of £53,800 (2023: £127,600). A 10% 
rise would have an equal and opposite effect.
The impact of foreign exchange and interest rate risk is not material and is therefore not presented.
25. Trade and other payables
 
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Amounts owed to clients, brokers and recognised stock exchanges
24,315
28,012
Other creditors
2,704
4,028
Contract liability
–
9
Accrued expenses
4,942
4,800
31,961
36,849
Trade creditors and accruals comprise amounts outstanding for investment-related transactions, to customers or counterparties, and ongoing costs. The 
average credit period taken for purchases in relation to costs is 9 days (2023: 11 days). The Directors consider that the carrying amount of trade payables 
approximates to their fair value.
The Group acts as an agent for clients on the trading of their investments. As an agent, the Group only recognises amounts due from or to clients, brokers 
and recognised stock exchanges as trade receivables and trade payables respectively. As a result, no underlying investments are recognised on the Group’s 
consolidated statement of financial position.
26. Provisions
Provisions included in other current liabilities and long-term liabilities are made up as follows:
Professional 
fees
£’000
Client 
payments
£’000
Dilapidations
£’000
Stamp Duty 
liability and 
related costs
£’000
Total
£’000
Provisions falling due within one year
At 1 April 2022
455
650
32
747
1,884
Additions 
–
96
–
131
227
Reclassification to trade and other payables
(90)
(746)
–
–
(836)
Release of provisions
(20)
–
–
–
(20)
Utilisation of provisions
(345)
–
(32)
–
(377)
At 1 April 2023
–
–
–
878
878
Release of provisions
–
–
–
(243)
(243)
Utilisation of provisions
–
–
–
(280)
(280)
–
–
–
355
355

Walker Crips Group plc – Annual Report and Accounts 2024 
97
26. Provisions continued
Professional 
fees
£’000
Client 
payments
£’000
Dilapidations
£’000
Stamp Duty 
liability and 
related costs
£’000
Total
£’000
Provisions falling due after one year
At 1 April 2022
–
–
586
–
586
Additions
–
–
61
–
61
Interest
–
–
5
–
5
At 1 April 2023
–
–
652
–
652
Additions
–
–
14
–
14
Interest
–
–
23
–
23
–
–
689
–
689
Total as at 31 March 2024
–
–
689
355
1,044
The Group, based on revised estimates, made an additional provision of £37,000 (including interest) for dilapidations in connection with acquired leasehold 
premises (2023: total additional provision of £66,000). These costs are expected to arise at the end of each respective lease.
The Group had six leased properties, all of which had contractual dilapidation requirements. The dilapidation provisions in relation to these leases range 
from net present values as at the year end of £12,000 to £583,000 per lease.
The Group, in the previous year, identified an obligation in respect of stamp duty reserve tax which arose over several years. An initial provision of £878,000 
was made in the prior year, and subsequently upon management investigation and external tax advice, the liability including professional fees currently 
outstanding, is estimated to be £355,000.
27. Lease liabilities
Lease liabilities 
Offices
£’000
Computer 
software
£’000
Computer 
hardware
£’000
Total
£’000
At 1 April 2023
2,562
148
20
2,730
Additions
100
271
–
371
Interest
87
12
–
99
Lease payments
(506)
(227)
(13)
(746)
At 31 March 2024
2,243
204
7
2,454
Lease liabilities profile (statement of financial position)
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Amounts due within one year
718
341
Amounts due after more than one year
1,736
2,389
2,454
2,730
Undiscounted lease maturity analysis
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Within one year
865
426
Between one and two years
847
958
Between two and five years
864
1,549
Total undiscounted lease liabilities
2,576
2,933

98 
Financial statements 
 Annual Report and Accounts 2024 – Walker Crips Group plc 
Notes to the accounts continued
year ended 31 March 2024
28. Called-up share capital
 
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Called-up, allotted and fully paid
43,327,328 (2023: 43,327,328) Ordinary Shares of 62/3p each
2,888
2,888
There are no specific restrictions on the size of a holding nor on the transfer of shares, which are both governed by the general provisions of the Articles of 
Association and prevailing legislation. The Directors are not aware of any agreements between holders of the Group’s shares that may result in restrictions 
on the transfer of securities or on voting rights.
The following movements in share capital occurred during the year:
Number 
of shares
Share 
capital
£’000
Share 
premium
£’000
Total
£’000
At 1 April 2023
43,327,328
2,888
3,763
6,651
At 31 March 2024
43,327,328
2,888
3,763
6,651
The Group’s capital is defined for accounting purposes as total equity. As at 31 March 2024, this totalled £21,321,000 (2023: £21,166,000).
The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to:
	
 safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern so that it can continue to provide returns for shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders;
	
 maintain a strong capital base to support the development of the business;
	
 optimise the distribution of capital across the Group’s subsidiaries, reflecting the requirements of each company;
	
 strive to make capital freely transferable across the Group where possible; and
	
 comply with regulatory requirements at all times.
The Group has been assessed as constituting a MIFIDPRU Investment Firm group and has been classified as a non-small non-interconnected (non-SNI) 
Investment Firm group and performs an Internal Capital Adequacy and Risk Assessment process (ICARA), which is presented to the FCA on request.
The Group’s capital, for accounting purposes, is defined as the total of share capital, share premium, retained earnings and other reserves. Total capital at 
31 March 2024 was £21.3 million (2023: £21.2 million).
Regulatory capital is derived from the Group’s “ICARA”, which is a requirement of the Investment Firm Prudential Regime (“IFPR”). The ICARA draws on the 
Group’s risk management process that is embedded within all areas of the Group. The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to comply with the 
capital requirements set by the Financial Conduct Authority, to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern.
Capital adequacy and the use of regulatory capital are monitored daily by the Group’s management. In addition to a variety of stress tests performed 
as part of the ICARA process, and daily reporting in respect of treasury activity, capital levels are monitored and forecast to ensure that dividends and 
investment requirements are managed and appropriate buffers are held against potential adverse business conditions.
Regulatory capital
No breaches were reported to the FCA during the financial years ended 31 March 2024 and 2023.
Treasury shares
The Group holds 750,000 of its own shares, purchased for total cash consideration of £312,000. In line with the principles of IAS 32 these treasury shares 
have been deducted from equity (note 29). No gain or loss has been recognised in the income statement in relation to these shares.
29. Reserves
Apart from share capital and share premium, the Group holds reserves at 31 March 2024 under the following categories:
Own shares held
(£312,000) (2023: (£312,000))
	
 the negative balance of the Group’s own shares, which have been 
bought back and held in treasury.
Retained earnings
£10,259,000 (2023: £10,104,000)
	
 the net cumulative earnings of the Group, which have not been 
paid out as dividends, are retained to be reinvested in our core, or 
developing, companies.
Other reserves
£4,723,000 (2023: £4,723,000)
	
 the cumulative premium on the issue of shares as deferred 
consideration for corporate acquisitions £4,612,000 (2023: 
£4,612,000) and non-distributable reserve into which amounts are 
transferred following the redemption or purchase of the Group’s 
own shares.

Walker Crips Group plc – Annual Report and Accounts 2024 
99
30. Cash generated from operations
 
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Operating profit for the year
63
625
Adjustments for:
Amortisation of intangibles
1,011
1,393
Net change in fair value of financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss***
96
575
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
288
331
Depreciation of right-of-use assets*
636
771
Decrease in debtors**
4,398
13,662
Decrease in creditors**
(5,522)
(13,818)
Net cash inflow
970
3,539
*	 Lease liability payments associated with RoU assets were 722,000 (2023: £332,000).
**	 Cash outflow from working capital movement of £1,124,000 (2023: £156,000).
***	Revaluation profit on proprietary positions.
31. Financial commitments
Capital commitments
At the end of this year and the previous year, there were no capital commitments contracted but not provided for and no capital commitments authorised 
but not contracted for.
32. Related parties
Directors and their close family members have dealt on standard commercial terms with the Group. The commission and fees earned by the Group 
included in revenue through such dealings is as follows:
 
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Commission and fees received from Directors and their close family members
31
20
Other related parties include Charles Russell Speechlys, of which Martin Wright, Chairman, was a Partner and remains a consultant. Charles Russell 
Speechlys provides certain legal services to the Group on normal commercial terms and the amount paid and expensed during the year (including the fees 
paid to the firm for Mr. Wright’s services as Director) was £208,000 (2023: £280,000).
Fees of £9,000 (2023: £9,000) are receivable by EnOC Technologies Ltd from CyberQuote Pte Ltd (a company, where Hua Min Lim is a shareholder) for the 
service provided on normal commercial terms.
Commission of £19,714 (2023: £7,043) was earned by the Group from Phillip Securities (HK) Limited (a Phillip Brokerage Pte Limited company, where Hua 
Min Lim is a shareholder) having dealt on standard commercial terms. Additionally, some custody services are provided by Phillip Securities Pte Ltd (in 
Singapore, where Hua Min Lim is a Director), again all on standard commercial terms, both these items being included in revenue. Transactions between 
the Group and its subsidiaries, which are related parties, have been eliminated on consolidation and are accordingly not disclosed. Remuneration of the 
Directors who are the key Management personnel of the Group is disclosed in the table below.
 
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Key management personnel compensation
Short-term employee benefits
519
459
Post-employment benefits
36
32
555
491

100 
Financial statements 
 Annual Report and Accounts 2024 – Walker Crips Group plc 
Notes to the accounts continued
year ended 31 March 2024
33. Contingent liabilities
In 2021 a former associate brought a claim against Walker Crips Investment Management Limited in the Employment Tribunal. A hearing of a preliminary 
issue took place in 2022 and the Tribunal found in favour of the Company. The former associate appealed that decision and in 2023, whilst many of the 
appeal grounds were not upheld, certain points were referred back to the Employment Tribunal to reconsider. The Company does not consider that the 
claims are justified and intends to continue to defend them robustly.
From time to time, the Group receives complaints or undertakes past business reviews, the outcomes of which remain uncertain and/or cannot be reliably 
quantified based upon information available and circumstances falling outside the Group’s control. Accordingly, contingent liabilities arise, the ultimate 
impact of which may also depend upon availability of recoveries under the Group’s indemnity insurance and other contractual arrangements. Other than 
any cases where a financial obligation is deemed to be probable and thus provision is made, the Directors presently consider a negative outcome to be 
remote. As a result, no further disclosure has been made in these financial statements. Provisions made remain subject to estimation uncertainty, which 
may result in material variations in such estimates as matters are finalised.
34. Subsequent events
There are no material events arising after 31 March 2024, which have an impact on these financial statements.
35. Deferred cash consideration
 
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Due within one year
Amounts due to personnel under recruitment contracts/acquisition agreements 
25
94
Due after one year
Amounts due to personnel under recruitment contracts/acquisition agreements 
15
71
These amounts are based on fixed contractual terms and the fair value of the liability approximates carrying value, due to the consistency of the prevailing 
market rate of interest when compared to the inception of liability.
36. Share-based payments
The Group recognised total expenses in the year of £15,000 (2023: £nil) related to equity-settled share-based payment transactions.
No award was made in the financial year and prior year award was forfeited due to termination of employment.
Share Incentive Plan (“SIP”)
Employees who have been employed for longer than three months and are subject to PAYE are invited to join the SIP. Employees may use funds from their 
gross monthly salary (being not less than £10 and not greater than £150) to purchase ordinary shares in the Group (“Partnership Shares”). In the current 
year, for every Partnership Share purchased, the employee received matching shares at a rate of 100%. The matching option will remain at this rate to  
31 March 2025. Employees are offered an annual opportunity to top up contributions to the maximum annual limit of £1,800 (or 10% of salary, if lower). 
All shares to date awarded under this scheme have been purchased in the market at the prevailing share price on a monthly basis.

Walker Crips Group plc – Annual Report and Accounts 2024 
101
Company balance sheet
as at 31 March 2024
Note
2024
£’000 
2023
£’000
Non-current assets
Investments measured at cost less impairment
40
22,105
21,907
22,105
21,907
Current assets
Trade and other receivables
41
803
801
Deferred tax asset
42
–
1
Cash and cash equivalents
176
95
979
897
Total assets
23,084
22,804
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
43
(4,579)
(3,889)
(4,579)
(3,889)
Net current liabilities
(3,600)
(2,992)
Net assets
18,505
18,915
Equity
Share capital
45
2,888
2,888
Share premium account
45
3,763
3,763
Own shares
45
(312)
(312)
Retained earnings
45
7,443
7,853
Other reserves
45
4,723
4,723
Equity attributable to equity holders of the Company
18,505
18,915
As permitted by section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 the Parent Company has elected not to present its own profit and loss account for the year. 
Walker Crips Group plc reported an after-tax loss for the financial year of £197,000 (2023: after-tax profit of £89,000).
The financial statements of Walker Crips Group plc (Company registration no. 01432059) were approved by the Board of Directors and authorised for issue 
on 31 July 2024.
Signed on behalf of the Board of Directors:
Sanath Dandeniya FCCA
Director

102 
Financial statements 
 Annual Report and Accounts 2024 – Walker Crips Group plc 
Company statement of changes in equity
year ended 31 March 2024
 
Called-up 
share 
capital
£’000 
Share 
premium 
account
£’000 
Own 
shares 
held
£’000 
Other
 £’000 
Retained 
earnings
£’000 
Total 
equity
£’000
Equity as at 31 March 2022
2,888
3,763
(312)
4,723
8,381
19,443
Total comprehensive income for the period
– 
– 
– 
– 
89
89
Contributions by and distributions to owners
Dividends paid
– 
– 
– 
– 
(617)
(617)
Total contributions by and distributions to owners
– 
– 
– 
– 
(617)
(617)
Equity as at 31 March 2023
2,888
3,763
(312)
4,723
7,853
18,915
Total comprehensive loss for the period
– 
– 
– 
– 
(197)
(197)
Contributions by and distributions to owners
Dividends paid
– 
– 
– 
– 
(213)
(213)
Total contributions by and distributions to owners
– 
– 
– 
– 
(213)
(213)
Equity as at 31 March 2024
2,888
3,763
(312)
4,723
7,443
18,505
The following Accounting Policies and Notes form part of these financial statements.

Walker Crips Group plc – Annual Report and Accounts 2024 
103
Notes to the Company accounts
year ended 31 March 2024
37. Significant accounting policies
The separate financial statements of Walker Crips Group plc, the Parent Company, are presented as required by the Companies Act 2006.
The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention except for the modification to a fair value basis for certain financial 
instruments as specified in the accounting policies below, and in accordance with Financial Reporting Standard (FRS 102), the Financial Reporting Standard 
applicable in the UK and the Republic of Ireland, and the Companies Act 2006.
The preparation of financial statements in compliance with FRS 102 requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires Management 
to exercise judgement in applying the Parent Company’s accounting policies (see note 38).
The financial statements are presented in the currency of the primary activities of the Parent Company (its functional currency). For the purpose of the 
financial statements, the results and financial position are presented in GBP Sterling (£). The principal accounting policies have been summarised below. 
They have all been applied consistently throughout the year and the preceding year.
The Parent Company has chosen to adopt the disclosure exemption in relation to the preparation of a cash flow statement under FRS 102.
Going concern
After conducting enquiries, the Directors believe that the Parent Company has adequate resources to continue in existence for the foreseeable future. 
Accordingly, they continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the financial statements. The Parent Company’s business activities, together with 
the factors likely to affect its future development, performance and position, have been assessed.
Property, plant and equipment
Fixtures and equipment are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and provision for any impairment. Depreciation is charged so as to 
write-off the cost or valuation of assets over their estimated useful lives using the straight-line method on the following bases:
Computer hardware	
331/3% per annum on cost
Computer software	
between 20% and 331/3% per annum on cost
Leasehold improvements	
over the term of the lease
Furniture and equipment	
331/3% per annum on cost
The gain or loss on the disposal or retirement of an asset is determined as the difference between the sales proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset 
and is recognised in income. The residual values and estimated useful life of items within property, plant and equipment are reviewed at least at each 
financial year end. Any shortfalls in carrying value are impaired immediately through profit or loss.
Impairment of non-financial assets
At each reporting date, the Parent Company reviews the carrying amounts of its tangible and intangible assets to determine whether there is any 
indication that those assets have suffered an impairment loss. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for 
which there are separately identifiable cash flows (cash-generating units). If there is an indication of possible impairment, the recoverable amount of any 
affected asset (or group of related assets) is estimated and compared with its carrying amount. If the estimated recoverable amount is lower, the carrying 
amount is reduced to its estimated recoverable amount, and an impairment loss is recognised immediately in profit or loss.
Taxation
The tax expense represents the sum of the tax currently payable and any deferred tax.
Current tax, including UK corporation tax and foreign tax, is provided at amounts expected to be paid or recovered using the tax rates and laws that have 
been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date. Current tax charges arising on the realisation of revaluation gains recognised in the 
statement of comprehensive income are also recorded in this statement.
Deferred tax is recognised in respect of all timing differences that have originated but not reversed at the balance sheet date where transactions or events 
that result in an obligation to pay more tax in the future or a right to pay less tax in the future have occurred at the balance sheet date.
A deferred tax asset is regarded as recoverable and therefore recognised only when, on the basis of all available evidence, it can be regarded as probable 
that there will be suitable taxable profits from which the future reversal of the underlying timing differences can be deducted. Deferred tax assets and 
liabilities are not discounted.
Own shares held
Own shares consist of treasury shares which are recognised at cost as a deduction from equity shareholders’ funds. Subsequent consideration received  
for the sale of treasury shares is also recognised in equity with any difference being taken to retained earnings. No gain or loss is recognised on sale of 
treasury shares.
Financial instruments
Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised in the balance sheet when the Parent Company becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the 
instrument. Section 11 of FRS 102 has been applied in classifying financial instruments depending on the nature of the instrument held.
Revenue
Income consists of profits distribution from Barker Poland Asset Management LLP, interest received or accrued over time and dividend income recorded 
when received.
Investments in subsidiaries
Investments in subsidiaries are stated at cost less, where appropriate, provisions for impairment.
Debtors
Other debtors are classified as basic financial instruments and measured at initial recognition at transaction price. Debtors are subsequently measured at 
amortised cost using the effective interest rate method. A provision is established when there is objective evidence that the Group will not be able to collect 
all amounts due.

104 
Financial statements 
 Annual Report and Accounts 2024 – Walker Crips Group plc 
Notes to the Company accounts continued
year ended 31 March 2024
37. Significant accounting policies continued
Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash in hand and demand deposits, together with other short-term highly liquid investments, which are readily 
convertible to a known amount of cash and are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.
Financial liabilities and equity
Financial liabilities and equity instruments are classified according to the substance of the contractual arrangements entered into. An equity instrument 
is any contract that evidences a residual interest in the assets of the Parent Company after deducting all of its liabilities. Equity instruments issued by the 
Parent Company are recorded at the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs.
Leases
Rentals under operating leases are charged on a straight-line basis over the lease term even if the payments are not made on such a basis. Benefits 
received as an incentive to enter into an operating lease are also spread on a straight-line basis over the lease term.
38. Key sources of estimation uncertainty and judgements
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting practice requires Management to make estimates and 
judgements that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as well as the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the balance sheet date 
and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.
39. (Loss)/profit for the year
Loss for the financial year of £197,000 (2023: profit of £89,000) is after an amount of £23,000 (2023: £23,000) related to the auditor’s remuneration  
for audit services to the Parent Company.
Particulars of employee costs (including Directors) are as shown below. Employee costs during the year amounted to:
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Employee costs during the year amounted to:
Wages and salaries
225
186
Social security costs
16
14
Other costs
4
3
245
203
In the current year, employee costs include the costs of the Non-Executive Directors and a proportion of Executive Directors. The remaining Executive 
Directors’ employee costs are borne by Walker Crips Investment Management Limited.
The monthly average number of staff employed during the year was:
2024
Number
2023
Number
Executive Directors
2
2
Non-Executive Directors
4
4
6
6
40. Investments measured at cost less impairment
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Subsidiary undertakings
22,105
21,907
During the year, the Company made an investment of £275,000 in Walker Crips Financial Planning Limited and £200,000 into Ebor Trustees Limited, an 
indirect 100% owned subsidiaries of the Group.
The decline in the net assets of Walker Crips Financial Planning Limited resulted in Walker Crips Group plc, the Company, taking an impairment charge in 
the current year which is reversed on consolidation. The decline in net assets of Walker Crips Financial Planning is due to the investment put in place to 
increase its advisor base from two to twelve in a three-year period. The subsidiary is expected to break into profitability in the coming year.
A complete list of subsidiary undertakings can be found in note 50.

Walker Crips Group plc – Annual Report and Accounts 2024 
105
41. Trade and other receivables
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Amounts owed by Group undertakings
803
799
Taxation and social security
–
2
803
801
A presentational change was made in this note to exclude the deferred tax asset from this grouping and to present it in its own line on the face of the 
statement of financial position.
42. Deferred taxation
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
At 1 April
1
–
Use of Group Relief
(26)
(29)
Credit/(charge) to the income statement
25
30
At 31 March
–
1
Deferred tax has been provided at 25% (2023: 25%).
43. Trade and other payables
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Accruals and deferred income
53
99
Amounts due to subsidiary undertakings
4,479
3,744
Other creditors
47
46
4,579
3,889
44. Risk management policies
Procedures and controls are in place to identify, assess and ultimately control the financial risks faced by the Parent Company arising from its use of 
financial instruments. Steps are taken to mitigate identified risks with established and effective procedures and controls, efficient systems and the 
adequate training of staff.
The Parent Company’s risk appetite, along with the procedures and controls mentioned above, are laid out in the Group’s Internal capital adequacy and risk 
assessment (ICARA).
The overall risk appetite for the Parent Company and for the Group as a whole is considered by Management to be low, despite operating in a marketplace 
where financial risk is inherent in the core businesses of investment management and financial services.
The Group considers its financial risks arising from its use of financial instruments to fall into three main categories:
(i)	 credit risk;
(ii)	liquidity risk; and
(iii)	market risk.
Further information on the disclosures and policies carried out by the Parent Company and the Group is given in note 24 of the consolidated  
financial statements.

106 
Financial statements 
 Annual Report and Accounts 2024 – Walker Crips Group plc 
Notes to the Company accounts continued
year ended 31 March 2024
44. Risk management policies continued
(i) Credit risk
Maximum exposure to credit risk:
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Cash
176
95
Other debtors
803
799
As at 31 March
979
894
The credit quality of banks holding the Company’s cash at 31 March 2024 is analysed below with reference to credit ratings awarded by Fitch.
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
A+
176
95
As at 31 March
176
95
Analysis of other debtors due from financial institutions:
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Neither past due, nor impaired
803
799
None were past due.
(ii) Liquidity risk
The tables below analyse the Parent Company’s future undiscounted cash outflows based on the remaining period to the contractual maturity date:
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Creditors due within one year
4,579
3,889
Creditors due after more than one year
–
–
As at 31 March
4,579
3,889
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Within one year
4,579
3,889
Within two to five years
–
–
After more than five years
–
–
As at 31 March
4,579
3,889
The Company is in a net liability position, but this is primarily driven by an intercompany creditor balance with its subsidiary. This is deemed to not affect 
liquidity as the subsidiary is 100% owned and controlled by the Company.
(iii) Market risk
Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices such as foreign exchange rates or equity prices will affect the Group’s income.
These relate to price risk breached on available-for-sale and trading investments and closely monitored using limits to prevent significant losses.
Fair value of financial instruments
No financial instruments at fair value were held by the Parent Company in the current or prior financial year.

Walker Crips Group plc – Annual Report and Accounts 2024 
107
45. Called-up share capital
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Called-up, allotted and fully paid
43,327,328 (2023: 43,327,328) Ordinary Shares of 62/3p each
2,888
2,888
No new shares were issued in the year to 31 March 2024 or the prior year.
The Parent Company holds 750,000 of its own shares, purchased for a total cash consideration of £312,000. In line with the principles of FRS 102, section 
11, these treasury shares have been deducted from equity. No gain or loss has been recognised in the profit and loss account in relation to these shares.
The following movements in share capital occurred during the year:
 
Number 
of shares
Share 
capital
£’000
Share 
premium
£’000
Total
£’000
At 1 April 2023
43,327,328
2,888
3,763
6,651
At 31 March 2024
43,327,328
2,888
3,763
6,651
Apart from share capital and share premium, the Parent Company holds reserves at 31 March 2024 under the following categories:
Own shares held
(£312,000) (2023: (£312,000))
	
 the negative balance of the Parent Company’s own shares that 
have been bought back and held in treasury.
Retained earnings
£7,443,000 (2023: £7,853,000)
	
 the net cumulative earnings of the Parent Company, which have 
not paid out as dividends, retained to be reinvested in our core or 
new business.
Other reserves
£4,723,000 (2023: £4,723,000)
	
 the cumulative premium on the issue of shares as deferred 
consideration for corporate acquisitions £4,612,000 (2023: 
£4,612,000) and non-distributable reserve into which amounts are 
transferred following the redemption or purchase of the Group’s 
own shares.
46. Financial commitments
Capital commitments
At the end of this year and the previous year, there were no capital commitments contracted but not provided for and no capital commitments authorised 
but not contracted for.
47. Related party transactions
Key Management are those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, controlling and directing the activities of the Parent Company and 
Group. In the opinion of the Board, the Parent Company and Group’s key Management are the Directors of Walker Crips Group plc.
Total compensation to key management personnel is £555,000 (2023: £491,000).
48. Contingent liability
From time to time, the Company receives complaints or undertakes past business reviews, the outcomes of which remain uncertain and/or cannot be 
reliably quantified based upon information available and circumstances falling outside the Company’s control. Accordingly contingent liabilities arise, the 
ultimate impact of which may also depend upon availability of recoveries under the Company’s indemnity insurance and other contractual arrangements. 
Other than the complaints deemed to be probable, the Directors presently consider a negative outcome to be remote or a reliable estimate of the amount 
of a possible obligation cannot be made. As a result, no disclosure has been made in these financial statements.
49. Subsequent events
There are no material events arising after 31 March 2024, which have an impact on these financial statements.

108 
Financial statements 
 Annual Report and Accounts 2024 – Walker Crips Group plc 
Notes to the Company accounts continued
year ended 31 March 2024
50. Subsidiaries and associates
Principal place 
of business
Principal activity
Class and percentage 
of shares held
Group
Trading subsidiaries
Walker Crips Investment Management Limited1
United Kingdom
Investment management
Ordinary Shares 100%
London York Fund Managers Limited2
United Kingdom
Management services
Ordinary Shares 100%
Walker Crips Financial Planning Limited2
United Kingdom
Financial services advice
Ordinary Shares 100%
Ebor Trustees Limited2
United Kingdom
Pensions management
Ordinary Shares 100%
EnOC Technologies Limited1
United Kingdom
Financial regulation and other software
Ordinary Shares 100%
Barker Poland Asset Management LLP1
United Kingdom
Investment management
Membership 100%
Non-trading subsidiaries
Walker Crips Financial Services Limited1
United Kingdom
Financial services
Ordinary Shares 100%
G & E Investment Services Limited2
United Kingdom
Holding company
Ordinary Shares 100%
Ebor Pensions Management Limited2
United Kingdom
Dormant company
Ordinary Shares 100%
Investorlink Limited1
United Kingdom
Agency stockbroking
Ordinary Shares 100%
Walker Cambria Limited1
United Kingdom
Dormant company
Ordinary Shares 100%
Walker Crips Trustees Limited1
United Kingdom
Dormant company
Ordinary Shares 100%
W.B. Nominees Limited1
United Kingdom
Nominee company
Ordinary Shares 100%
WCWB (PEP) Nominees Limited1
United Kingdom
Nominee company
Ordinary Shares 100%
WCWB (ISA) Nominees Limited1
United Kingdom
Nominee company
Ordinary Shares 100%
WCWB Nominees Limited1
United Kingdom
Nominee company
Ordinary Shares 100%
Walker Crips Consultants Limited1
United Kingdom
Dormant company
Ordinary Shares 100%
Walker Crips Ventures Limited1
United Kingdom
Financial services advice
Ordinary Shares 100%
The registered office for companies and associated undertakings is:
1 	 Old Change House, 128 Queen Victoria Street, London, England, EC4V 4BJ.
2 	 Apollo House, Eboracum Way, York, England, YO31 7RE.
For further information, please contact:
Walker Crips Group plc
Craig Harrison, Media Relations
Tel: +44 (0)20 3100 8000
Four Agency
Jonathan Atkins
walkercrips@four.agency
Tel: +44 (0)20 3920 0555
Singer Capital Markets
Charles Leigh-Pemberton/Asha Chotai
Tel: +44 (0)20 7496 3000
Further information on Walker Crips Group is available on the Company’s website: www.walkercrips.co.uk

Walker Crips Group plc – Annual Report and Accounts 2024 
109
Officers and professional advisers
Directors
Executive Directors
Sean Lam FCPA (Aust.), Chartered FCSI – Chief Executive Officer
Sanath Dandeniya FCCA – Group Finance Director
Non-Executive Directors
Martin Wright – Chairman
David Gelber – Audit Committee & Remuneration Committee Chairman & Senior Independent Director
Hua Min Lim
Secretary
Rod Goddard
Registered office
Old Change House
128 Queen Victoria Street
London EC4V 4BJ
Bankers
HSBC Bank plc
London
Solicitors
Charles Russell Speechlys LLP
London
Auditor
PKF Littlejohn LLP
London
Registrars
Neville Registrars Limited
Neville House
Steelpark Road
Halesowen B62 8HD
Design and Production
www.carrkamasa.co.uk

Walker Crips Group plc
Old Change House
128 Queen Victoria Street
London
EC4V 4BJ
020 3100 8000
info@wcgplc.co.uk
walkercrips.co.uk